CA2140278C - Enriching and identyfing fetal cells in maternal blood for in situ hybridization - Google Patents
Enriching and identyfing fetal cells in maternal blood for in situ hybridization Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2140278C CA2140278C CA002140278A CA2140278A CA2140278C CA 2140278 C CA2140278 C CA 2140278C CA 002140278 A CA002140278 A CA 002140278A CA 2140278 A CA2140278 A CA 2140278A CA 2140278 C CA2140278 C CA 2140278C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- cells
- fetal
- label
- individual
- ribonucleic acid
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 325
- 230000008774 maternal effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 86
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 title claims abstract description 82
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 82
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 34
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 638
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 192
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 40
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- 108010044495 Fetal Hemoglobin Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 32
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 315
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 110
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 69
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 61
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 61
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 claims description 55
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 38
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 37
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 210000003917 human chromosome Anatomy 0.000 claims description 32
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 31
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 28
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 28
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 26
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 22
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 102000011022 Chorionic Gonadotropin Human genes 0.000 claims description 18
- 108010062540 Chorionic Gonadotropin Proteins 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 108010003044 Placental Lactogen Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 102000004576 Placental Lactogen Human genes 0.000 claims description 12
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000000381 Placental Lactogen Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 108010033576 Transferrin Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 11
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 claims description 9
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 claims description 8
- GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1h-benzimidazol-2-yl)-7-(diethylamino)chromen-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C3=CC4=CC=C(C=C4OC3=O)N(CC)CC)=NC2=C1 GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 claims 84
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 claims 8
- 229940015047 chorionic gonadotropin Drugs 0.000 claims 8
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 claims 7
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 claims 7
- 102000007238 Transferrin Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims 6
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 claims 5
- ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M thionine Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N)=CC=C3N=C21 ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims 5
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 claims 4
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 claims 4
- 210000002993 trophoblast Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 33
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 abstract description 17
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 abstract description 13
- 210000003754 fetus Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 12
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- -1 e.g. Proteins 0.000 abstract description 10
- 210000004252 chorionic villi Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 9
- WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Haematoxylin Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2CC2(O)C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1OC2 WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 8
- 238000002669 amniocentesis Methods 0.000 abstract description 8
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 101000738771 Homo sapiens Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Proteins 0.000 abstract description 6
- 102100037422 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Human genes 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000000432 density-gradient centrifugation Methods 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 abstract description 5
- 102000004641 Fetal Proteins Human genes 0.000 abstract description 4
- 108010003471 Fetal Proteins Proteins 0.000 abstract description 4
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000004720 fertilization Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 4
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 101710160107 Outer membrane protein A Proteins 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 208000002693 Multiple Abnormalities Diseases 0.000 abstract 1
- 238000005576 amination reaction Methods 0.000 abstract 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract 1
- 238000012296 in situ hybridization assay Methods 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 97
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 43
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 38
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 30
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 29
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 23
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 18
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000006853 reporter group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 17
- 210000002593 Y chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000000834 fixative Substances 0.000 description 16
- 210000001776 amniocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 210000001766 X chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 12
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229940046166 oligodeoxynucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 241000701806 Human papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 11
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 11
- ZJYYHGLJYGJLLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium thiocyanate Chemical compound SC#N.NC(N)=N ZJYYHGLJYGJLLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229940084986 human chorionic gonadotropin Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 10
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 210000004700 fetal blood Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 9
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 8
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 7
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 7
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 7
- FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',6-Diamino-2-phenylindol Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1C1=CC2=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C2N1 FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 6
- 210000004381 amniotic fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 101150049556 Bcr gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229920001030 Polyethylene Glycol 4000 Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 102100026144 Transferrin receptor protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 206010044688 Trisomy 21 Diseases 0.000 description 5
- SMNPLAKEGAEPJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl34922 Chemical compound Cl.Cl.Cl.C1CN(C)CCN1C1=CC=C(NC(=N2)C=3C=C4N=C(NC4=CC=3)C=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C2=C1 SMNPLAKEGAEPJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000003924 normoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000005059 placental tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000633 nuclear envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 4
- KMUONIBRACKNSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium dichromate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-][Cr](=O)(=O)O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O KMUONIBRACKNSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000031404 Chromosome Aberrations Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108020004487 Satellite DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960004407 chorionic gonadotrophin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000001917 fluorescence detection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940094991 herring sperm dna Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000003169 placental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Chemical compound [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 3
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (±)-α-Tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IEQAICDLOKRSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-dodecoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO IEQAICDLOKRSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMCMPZBLKLEWAF-BCTGSCMUSA-N 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 UMCMPZBLKLEWAF-BCTGSCMUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminophthalhydrazide Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C=2C1=CC(N)=CC=2 HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QRXMUCSWCMTJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(Cl)=C2C(OP(O)(=O)O)=CNC2=C1 QRXMUCSWCMTJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYEHYMARPSSOBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aurin Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)=C1C=CC(=O)C=C1 FYEHYMARPSSOBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000010833 Chronic myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000004266 Collagen Type IV Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010042086 Collagen Type IV Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000026350 Inborn Genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000033761 Myelogenous Chronic BCR-ABL Positive Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101001123530 Nicotiana tabacum Putrescine N-methyltransferase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000009928 Patau syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000037280 Trisomy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010044686 Trisomy 13 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006284 Trisomy 13 Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700025690 abl Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000013529 alpha-Fetoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010026331 alpha-Fetoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GIXWDMTZECRIJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N aurintricarboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)C(C(=O)O)=CC1=C(C=1C=C(C(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 GIXWDMTZECRIJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003196 chaotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=C1 ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- DMBHHRLKUKUOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 DMBHHRLKUKUOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002308 embryonic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZBQZBWKNGDEDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin B Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C(O)C(Br)=C1OC1=C2C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(O)=C1Br ZBQZBWKNGDEDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000016361 genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000016507 interphase Effects 0.000 description 2
- NTHXOOBQLCIOLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N iohexol Chemical compound OCC(O)CN(C(=O)C)C1=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C1I NTHXOOBQLCIOLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004214 philadelphia chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium nitrate Chemical compound [K+].[O-][N+]([O-])=O FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001995 reticulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108020004418 ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZEYOIOAKZLALAP-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium amidotrizoate Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)NC1=C(I)C(NC(C)=O)=C(I)C(C([O-])=O)=C1I ZEYOIOAKZLALAP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- COIVODZMVVUETJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulforhodamine 101 Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C1C1=C(C=C2C3=C4CCCN3CCC2)C4=[O+]C2=C1C=C1CCCN3CCCC2=C13 COIVODZMVVUETJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 206010053884 trisomy 18 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000013579 wash concentrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical class OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRXMUCSWCMTJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-L (5-bromo-4-chloro-1h-indol-3-yl) phosphate Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(Cl)=C2C(OP([O-])(=O)[O-])=CNC2=C1 QRXMUCSWCMTJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- YYGNTYWPHWGJRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (6E,10E,14E,18E)-2,6,10,15,19,23-hexamethyltetracosa-2,6,10,14,18,22-hexaene Chemical compound CC(C)=CCCC(C)=CCCC(C)=CCCC=C(C)CCC=C(C)CCC=C(C)C YYGNTYWPHWGJRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMCBDXRRFKYBDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecoxydodecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCCCCCCCCCCC CMCBDXRRFKYBDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDCJDKXCCYFOCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hexadecoxyhexadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC FDCJDKXCCYFOCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPNZBYLXNYPRLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-carbamimidoylphenyl)-1h-indole-6-carboximidamide;hydron;dichloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1C1=CC2=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C2N1 FPNZBYLXNYPRLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLMKTBGFQGKQEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-hexadecoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO NLMKTBGFQGKQEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MLONYBFKXHEPCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO.OCC(N)(CO)CO MLONYBFKXHEPCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 2-deoxy-D-ribose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CC=O ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFDOOLXVXSTXQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3b1-000744 Chemical compound O.[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 JFDOOLXVXSTXQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEYONPKSDTUPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-2-chloro-6-fluorophenol Chemical compound OC1=C(F)C=C(Br)C=C1Cl QEYONPKSDTUPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BRLRJZRHRJEWJY-VCOUNFBDSA-N 5-[(3as,4s,6ar)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]-n-[3-[3-(4-azido-2-nitroanilino)propyl-methylamino]propyl]pentanamide Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]2CS1)CCCC(=O)NCCCN(C)CCCNC1=CC=C(N=[N+]=[N-])C=C1[N+]([O-])=O BRLRJZRHRJEWJY-VCOUNFBDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010000234 Abortion spontaneous Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AOMZHDJXSYHPKS-DROYEMJCSA-L Amido Black 10B Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C(\N=N\C=3C=CC=CC=3)C(O)=C2C(N)=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(N(=O)=O)C=C1 AOMZHDJXSYHPKS-DROYEMJCSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 102100022749 Aminopeptidase N Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710116822 Atrochrysone carboxylic acid synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108050001427 Avidin/streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- COXVTLYNGOIATD-HVMBLDELSA-N CC1=C(C=CC(=C1)C1=CC(C)=C(C=C1)\N=N\C1=C(O)C2=C(N)C(=CC(=C2C=C1)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)\N=N\C1=CC=C2C(=CC(=C(N)C2=C1O)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O Chemical compound CC1=C(C=CC(=C1)C1=CC(C)=C(C=C1)\N=N\C1=C(O)C2=C(N)C(=CC(=C2C=C1)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)\N=N\C1=CC=C2C(=CC(=C(N)C2=C1O)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O COXVTLYNGOIATD-HVMBLDELSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008805 Chromosomal abnormalities Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020003215 DNA Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000006360 Edwards syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001524679 Escherichia virus M13 Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010016871 Foetal-maternal haemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001914 Fragile X syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940123457 Free radical scavenger Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000034951 Genetic Translocation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002738 Giemsa staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031573 Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000757160 Homo sapiens Aminopeptidase N Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777663 Homo sapiens Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033421 Keratin, type I cytoskeletal 18 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010066327 Keratin-18 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000017924 Klinefelter Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010013709 Leukocyte Common Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101001123538 Nicotiana tabacum Putrescine N-methyltransferase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100511042 Oryza sativa subsp. japonica LFL1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700020962 Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010024221 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-bcr Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015690 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-bcr Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004518 RNA Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003391 RNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BHEOSNUKNHRBNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetramethylsqualene Natural products CC(=C)C(C)CCC(=C)C(C)CCC(C)=CCCC=C(C)CCC(C)C(=C)CCC(C)C(C)=C BHEOSNUKNHRBNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Thiocyanate anion Chemical compound [S-]C#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000007159 Trisomy 18 Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026928 Turner syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930003427 Vitamin E Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003815 abdominal wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium bromide Chemical compound [NH4+].[Br-] SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010100 anticoagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001615 biotins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012503 blood component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010241 blood sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZOAIGCHJWKDIPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium acetate Chemical compound [Cs+].CC([O-])=O ZOAIGCHJWKDIPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001639 calcium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005147 calcium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011092 calcium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002771 cell marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091092356 cellular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091092328 cellular RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003679 cervix uteri Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FFUMCSDSJNSMQH-HEXQVDJKSA-K chromoxane cyanin R Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(C([O-])=O)C(=O)C(C)=C\C1=C(C=1C(=CC=CC=1)S([O-])(=O)=O)\C1=CC(C)=C(O)C(C([O-])=O)=C1 FFUMCSDSJNSMQH-HEXQVDJKSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003759 clinical diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005515 coenzyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000956 coumarin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000001671 coumarin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001923 cyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002559 cytogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003964 deoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylformamide dmf Chemical compound CN(C)C=O.CN(C)C=O UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dmso dimethylsulfoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O.CS(C)=O CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PRAKJMSDJKAYCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecahydrosqualene Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C PRAKJMSDJKAYCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003981 ectoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001484 edetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001900 endoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003699 evans blue Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035558 fertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012757 fluorescence staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002509 fluorescent in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010074605 gamma-Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-tocopherol Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC1CCC2C(C)C(O)C(C)C(C)C2O1 WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-O guanidinium Chemical compound NC(N)=[NH2+] ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 210000004090 human X chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen thiocyanate Natural products SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008105 immune reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000509 infertility Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021267 infertility disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000050 ionisation spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UEGPKNKPLBYCNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium acetate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O UEGPKNKPLBYCNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000011654 magnesium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011285 magnesium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940069446 magnesium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000901 mepacrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002523 mercuric chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LWJROJCJINYWOX-UHFFFAOYSA-L mercury dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Hg]Cl LWJROJCJINYWOX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 210000003716 mesoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005033 mesothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015994 miscarriage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000025113 myeloid leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NALMPLUMOWIVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n,4-trimethylbenzeneamine oxide Chemical compound CC1=CC=C([N+](C)(C)[O-])C=C1 NALMPLUMOWIVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IHKWXDCSAKJQKM-SRQGCSHVSA-N n-[(1s,6s,7r,8r,8ar)-1,7,8-trihydroxy-1,2,3,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydroindolizin-6-yl]acetamide Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C)CN2CC[C@H](O)[C@@H]21 IHKWXDCSAKJQKM-SRQGCSHVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000653 nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JPXMTWWFLBLUCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitro blue tetrazolium(2+) Chemical compound COC1=CC(C=2C=C(OC)C(=CC=2)[N+]=2N(N=C(N=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)[N+]([O-])=O)=CC=C1[N+]1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NN1C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 JPXMTWWFLBLUCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 244000309711 non-enveloped viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M perchlorate Inorganic materials [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000007715 potassium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004323 potassium nitrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010333 potassium nitrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003793 prenatal diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPKJTRJOBQGKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinacrine Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C=C2C(NC(C)CCCN(CC)CC)=C(C=CC(Cl)=C3)C3=NC2=C1 GPKJTRJOBQGKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011535 reaction buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001850 reproductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001022 rhodamine dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PXLIDIMHPNPGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium chromate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O PXLIDIMHPNPGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHHPUSMSKHSNKW-SMOYURAASA-M sodium deoxycholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 FHHPUSMSKHSNKW-SMOYURAASA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000011697 sodium iodate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015281 sodium iodate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940032753 sodium iodate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000000995 spontaneous abortion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940031439 squalene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TUHBEKDERLKLEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N squalene Natural products CC(=CCCC(=CCCC(=CCCC=C(/C)CCC=C(/C)CC=C(C)C)C)C)C TUHBEKDERLKLEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001768 subcellular fraction Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004960 subcellular localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940066528 trichloroacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIEPQKCYPFFYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris acetate Chemical compound CC(O)=O.OCC(N)(CO)CO PIEPQKCYPFFYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- FUIZKNBTOOKONL-DPSBJRLESA-K trisodium;5-[(e)-(3-carboxy-5-methyl-4-oxocyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-ylidene)-(2,6-dichloro-3-sulfonatophenyl)methyl]-3-methyl-2-oxidobenzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(C([O-])=O)C(=O)C(C)=C\C1=C(C=1C(=C(C=CC=1Cl)S([O-])(=O)=O)Cl)\C1=CC(C)=C(O)C(C([O-])=O)=C1 FUIZKNBTOOKONL-DPSBJRLESA-K 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015139 viili Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940046009 vitamin E Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019165 vitamin E Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011709 vitamin E Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6809—Methods for determination or identification of nucleic acids involving differential detection
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6804—Nucleic acid analysis using immunogens
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
- C12Q1/6841—In situ hybridisation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56966—Animal cells
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/156—Polymorphic or mutational markers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/158—Expression markers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/36—Gynecology or obstetrics
- G01N2800/368—Pregnancy complicated by disease or abnormalities of pregnancy, e.g. preeclampsia, preterm labour
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
Abstract
To provide in situ hybridization assays in which the sex of a fetus, genetic characteristics or abnormalities, infectious agents or identification of other chemical, biochemical or genetic properties are detected by nucleic acid hybridization of fetal cells, such fetal cells, which circulate in maternal blood, are enriched, detected and interrogated. The techniques are capable of detecting a single genetic abnormality in a single cell, involving as few as approximately 75 base pairs, by visual microscopic ex-amination. Genetic abnormalities may include deletions, additions, amplifications, translocations or rearrangements. Multiple abnormalities may also be detected simultaneously, and they may be visually distinguished by color. Cells may be obtained from amniocentesis, chorionic villi sampling, or in vitro fertilization embryos or products of conception, but are preferably from mater-nal peripheral blood. Fetal cells such as lymphocytes, erythrocytes or trophoblasts may be enriched from maternal blood.
Eryth-rocytes may be enriched by removing maternal white blood cells with an immobilized antibody to a cell surface antigen, e.g.
CD45. Fetal cells may be enriched by density gradient centrifugation. Fetal cells are desirably distinguished from maternal cells by staining, e.g. with a labeled antibody to cytokeratin or to fetal hemoglobin of for fetal hemoglobin by hematoxylin/eosin, or by in situ hybridization to detect one or more fetal mRNAs, e.g., fetal hemoglobin or fetoprotein. Kits are provided for the disclosed procedures.
Eryth-rocytes may be enriched by removing maternal white blood cells with an immobilized antibody to a cell surface antigen, e.g.
CD45. Fetal cells may be enriched by density gradient centrifugation. Fetal cells are desirably distinguished from maternal cells by staining, e.g. with a labeled antibody to cytokeratin or to fetal hemoglobin of for fetal hemoglobin by hematoxylin/eosin, or by in situ hybridization to detect one or more fetal mRNAs, e.g., fetal hemoglobin or fetoprotein. Kits are provided for the disclosed procedures.
Description
WO 94/02646 'Zl 4 PCT/US93/06828 ENRICHING AND IDENTIFYING FETAL CELLS
IN MATERNAL BLOOD FOR IN SITU HYBRIDIZATION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention generally pertains to a method of enriching fetal cells from maternal blood and to a method for identifying such fetal cells, and further to a process whereby such cells are specimens in an in situ hybridization to detect nucleic acid sequences of clinical interest, e.g. to identify the sex of a fetus, and to detect genetic abnormalities and/or viral infections in fetal cells.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The sex of a human fetus and certain fetal chromosomal abnormalities are conventionally detected or confirmed by directly examining the chromosomes in fetal cells by cytogenetic analysis or by testing for specific sequences of DNA within the chromosomes using nucleic acid analysis. In the past, these tests have required the collection and culturing of living cells obtained through an outpatient surgical procedure involving some risk to the mother or fetus. These cells, which have been shed from the fetus, may be obtained by amniocentesis. Amniocentesis involves inserting a needle through the abdominal wall into the uterus and withdrawing a small amount of amniotic fluid. An alternative procedure involves sampling the tissue of chorionic villi from the surface of the placenta by inserting a catheter through the cervix or abdomen. However, spontaneous miscarriage or other serious complications may occur in about 0.5% of amniocentesis procedures and about 1 % of chorionic villi procedures. Fetal cells collected by amniocentesis or chorionic villi sampling are conventionally grown in culture for several days and then examined for abnormalities.
Various kinds of fetal cells have been characterized. Fetal cells include, but are not limited to, fetal erythrocytes, lymphocytes and trophoblasts. Trophoblasts include cytotrophoblast and syncytiotrophoblast cells and cells which may be sampled from embryos produced by in vitro fertilization techniques. As used herein, the term "erythrocytes" includes erythroblasts, normoblasts and reticulocytes, as well as erythrocytes, unless the contrary is clear from the context.
It is known that a small number of fetal cells circulate in the mother's blood. About one in 4,000 to 7,000 fetal erythrocytes in maternal blood circulation is a fetal nucleated red blood cell. Methods for detecting certain of the fetal cells and/or separating them from the mother's blood have been reported. See, e.g., S.C. Yeoh et al., Prenatal Diagnosis 11:117-123 (1991); U.W. Mueller et al., Lancet 336:197-200 (1990); PCT
Publication No. WO 91/07660 to Childrens Medical Center Corp.; PCT
Publication No. WO 91 /16452 of Cellpro Incorporated; and United States Patent No. 5,153,117.
For background on nucleic acid genetic testing, see e.g., P.G.
McDonough, Sem. Perinatol. 9:250-256 (1985), and W.G. Butler, et al, Fertility & Sterility 51:375-386.
Nucleic acid hybridization techniques are based on the ability of single-stranded DNA or RNA to pair, i.e. hybridize, with a complementary nucleic acid strand. This hybridization reaction allows the development of specific probes, or populations of probes, that can identify the presence of specific genes (DNA) or polynucleotide sequences or the transcription and expression of those genes (RNA).
By the use of specific nucleic acid (RNA or DNA) probes, genetic markers for the gender or other genetic characteristic of the fetus and for Infection and other disease states may be detected. Certain genetic diseases are characterized by the presence of genes absent in normal tissue.
Other disease conditions are characterized by the expression of RNAs or RNA translation products (i.e. peptides or proteins) which are not expressed In normal cells. Some disease states are characterized by the absence of certain genes or portions of genes, or the absence or alteration of expression of gene products or proteins. Moreover, it is often desired to characterize the gender of animal fetuses, such as bovine fetuses, as well as human.
Solution hybridization methods which require the destruction of the cell and the isolation of the nucleic acids from the cell before carrying out the hybridization reaction sacrifice the cellular integrity, spatial resolution and sensitivity of detection. Where relatively few cells are available for Isolation, as with fetal cells circulating in maternal blood, solution hybridization is not feasible.
Amplification of nucleic acids, such as by polymerase chain reaction, is a known technique, but with certain known drawbacks preventing optimal speed and efficiency. For example, such techniques may cause lysis of cells, may produce false positives due to sensitivity of the technique, and may lead to loss of specificity where high levels of amplification are required to detect a target that is present in low copy number. Moreover, hybridization of the amplified target is required in any event, so that multiple time-consuming steps are performed when amplification is used.
In situ hybridization provides a technique for the determination and quantitation of nucleic acids IDNA and RNA) in tissues at the single-cell level. Such hybridization techniques can detect the presence or absence of specific genes therein and may also be utilized to detect the expression of gene products at the single-cell level.
In situ hybridization procedures are disclosed in U.S. Patent No.5,225,326.
IN MATERNAL BLOOD FOR IN SITU HYBRIDIZATION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention generally pertains to a method of enriching fetal cells from maternal blood and to a method for identifying such fetal cells, and further to a process whereby such cells are specimens in an in situ hybridization to detect nucleic acid sequences of clinical interest, e.g. to identify the sex of a fetus, and to detect genetic abnormalities and/or viral infections in fetal cells.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The sex of a human fetus and certain fetal chromosomal abnormalities are conventionally detected or confirmed by directly examining the chromosomes in fetal cells by cytogenetic analysis or by testing for specific sequences of DNA within the chromosomes using nucleic acid analysis. In the past, these tests have required the collection and culturing of living cells obtained through an outpatient surgical procedure involving some risk to the mother or fetus. These cells, which have been shed from the fetus, may be obtained by amniocentesis. Amniocentesis involves inserting a needle through the abdominal wall into the uterus and withdrawing a small amount of amniotic fluid. An alternative procedure involves sampling the tissue of chorionic villi from the surface of the placenta by inserting a catheter through the cervix or abdomen. However, spontaneous miscarriage or other serious complications may occur in about 0.5% of amniocentesis procedures and about 1 % of chorionic villi procedures. Fetal cells collected by amniocentesis or chorionic villi sampling are conventionally grown in culture for several days and then examined for abnormalities.
Various kinds of fetal cells have been characterized. Fetal cells include, but are not limited to, fetal erythrocytes, lymphocytes and trophoblasts. Trophoblasts include cytotrophoblast and syncytiotrophoblast cells and cells which may be sampled from embryos produced by in vitro fertilization techniques. As used herein, the term "erythrocytes" includes erythroblasts, normoblasts and reticulocytes, as well as erythrocytes, unless the contrary is clear from the context.
It is known that a small number of fetal cells circulate in the mother's blood. About one in 4,000 to 7,000 fetal erythrocytes in maternal blood circulation is a fetal nucleated red blood cell. Methods for detecting certain of the fetal cells and/or separating them from the mother's blood have been reported. See, e.g., S.C. Yeoh et al., Prenatal Diagnosis 11:117-123 (1991); U.W. Mueller et al., Lancet 336:197-200 (1990); PCT
Publication No. WO 91/07660 to Childrens Medical Center Corp.; PCT
Publication No. WO 91 /16452 of Cellpro Incorporated; and United States Patent No. 5,153,117.
For background on nucleic acid genetic testing, see e.g., P.G.
McDonough, Sem. Perinatol. 9:250-256 (1985), and W.G. Butler, et al, Fertility & Sterility 51:375-386.
Nucleic acid hybridization techniques are based on the ability of single-stranded DNA or RNA to pair, i.e. hybridize, with a complementary nucleic acid strand. This hybridization reaction allows the development of specific probes, or populations of probes, that can identify the presence of specific genes (DNA) or polynucleotide sequences or the transcription and expression of those genes (RNA).
By the use of specific nucleic acid (RNA or DNA) probes, genetic markers for the gender or other genetic characteristic of the fetus and for Infection and other disease states may be detected. Certain genetic diseases are characterized by the presence of genes absent in normal tissue.
Other disease conditions are characterized by the expression of RNAs or RNA translation products (i.e. peptides or proteins) which are not expressed In normal cells. Some disease states are characterized by the absence of certain genes or portions of genes, or the absence or alteration of expression of gene products or proteins. Moreover, it is often desired to characterize the gender of animal fetuses, such as bovine fetuses, as well as human.
Solution hybridization methods which require the destruction of the cell and the isolation of the nucleic acids from the cell before carrying out the hybridization reaction sacrifice the cellular integrity, spatial resolution and sensitivity of detection. Where relatively few cells are available for Isolation, as with fetal cells circulating in maternal blood, solution hybridization is not feasible.
Amplification of nucleic acids, such as by polymerase chain reaction, is a known technique, but with certain known drawbacks preventing optimal speed and efficiency. For example, such techniques may cause lysis of cells, may produce false positives due to sensitivity of the technique, and may lead to loss of specificity where high levels of amplification are required to detect a target that is present in low copy number. Moreover, hybridization of the amplified target is required in any event, so that multiple time-consuming steps are performed when amplification is used.
In situ hybridization provides a technique for the determination and quantitation of nucleic acids IDNA and RNA) in tissues at the single-cell level. Such hybridization techniques can detect the presence or absence of specific genes therein and may also be utilized to detect the expression of gene products at the single-cell level.
In situ hybridization procedures are disclosed in U.S. Patent No.5,225,326.
Despite the aforementioned knowledge, the prior art remains deficient in the absence of a truly rapid, sensitive, efficient and practical method of determining fetal gender and of detecting fetal abnormalities on a routine basis without invading the mother's womb. Thus, the present invention fulfills a long-felt need and desire in this field.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one set of embodiments of the present Invention, there is provided a method of identifying a fetal cell In a specimen. In these embodiments, cells may be obtained from maternal peripheral blood, umbilical cord blood, chorionic villus samples, etc. Cellular samples may be used directly or may be concentrated as stated elsewhere herein to enrich the population of fetal cells prior to analysis. Cells may be fixed In common precipitating fixatives or cross-linking fixatives or may be used in the following test without fixation. The procedure may be carried out with cells deposited onto a solid support such as a glass microscope slide or used with the cells in suspension. Prior to use, cells in suspension may be washed with chilled PBS and mixed thoroughiy to ensure a single-cell suspension.
This method comprises the steps of obtaining a specimen that contains fetal cells and detecting a marker that distinguishes fetal cells from maternal cells also present in the sample.
The most preferred method of identifying a cell as a fetal cell in accordance with the present invention is to detect the presence of RNA for a fetal protein, such as fetal hemoglobin (NbF) or a-fetoprotein. Such RNA is generally messenger RNA (mRNA), but may alternatively or additionally Include heteronuclear RNA (hnRNA) or ribosomal RNA (rRNA). This indicates that the gene for the fetal protein is being transcribed and expressed. Such detection is preferably performed within substantially intact cellular membranes using In situ hybridization, preferably with synthetic DNA probes directed towards the fetal protein RNA.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one set of embodiments of the present Invention, there is provided a method of identifying a fetal cell In a specimen. In these embodiments, cells may be obtained from maternal peripheral blood, umbilical cord blood, chorionic villus samples, etc. Cellular samples may be used directly or may be concentrated as stated elsewhere herein to enrich the population of fetal cells prior to analysis. Cells may be fixed In common precipitating fixatives or cross-linking fixatives or may be used in the following test without fixation. The procedure may be carried out with cells deposited onto a solid support such as a glass microscope slide or used with the cells in suspension. Prior to use, cells in suspension may be washed with chilled PBS and mixed thoroughiy to ensure a single-cell suspension.
This method comprises the steps of obtaining a specimen that contains fetal cells and detecting a marker that distinguishes fetal cells from maternal cells also present in the sample.
The most preferred method of identifying a cell as a fetal cell in accordance with the present invention is to detect the presence of RNA for a fetal protein, such as fetal hemoglobin (NbF) or a-fetoprotein. Such RNA is generally messenger RNA (mRNA), but may alternatively or additionally Include heteronuclear RNA (hnRNA) or ribosomal RNA (rRNA). This indicates that the gene for the fetal protein is being transcribed and expressed. Such detection is preferably performed within substantially intact cellular membranes using In situ hybridization, preferably with synthetic DNA probes directed towards the fetal protein RNA.
In a preferred embodiment synthetic DNA probes are employed, to which chromofluors have been covalently attached. The binding of such probes to fetal-cell-specific RNA within cells may be observed under the microscope as a bright fluorescence or may be detected by fluorimetric apparatus. By "fluorescence" we refer to any emission of detectable radiation as a result of excitement with radiation of a different wavelength than that emitted. The exciting radiation is conventionally ultraviolet or visible light but may be infrared or other electromagnetic radiation.
Another preferred embodiment employs synthetic DNA probes which are directly labeled, or may be indirectly labeled with enzymes such as alkaline phosphatase. The binding of such probes to fetal RNA followed by subsequent reaction of the enzymes with substrates to produce a detectable product (e.g. blue or purple solid precipitated from the reaction of BCIP with NBT) may be observed under the microscope.
The information resulting from such an assay may be used not only to identify the status of the fetus, as will be discussed more particularly below, but also to provide a fetal hemoglobin estimation based on the number of fetal erythrocytes detected, e.g. so as to assess the amount of fetal-maternal hemorrhage in case of Rh incompatibility. The amount of specific gamma globulin, containing anti Rh(D) to be administered, is calculated from this estimation, to suppress maternal immune reaction to fetal red blood cells entering maternal circulation.
Another embodiment of the present invention detects the presence of at least two different RNAs in a cell. Fetal cells contain unique mRNAs or mRNA species which are produced in cell types which do not normally contain the particular mRNA species. The detection of these RNAs, whether detected as messenger RNAs or heteronuclear RNAs (hnRNAs) can serve to identify cells, or even subcellular fractions as fetal or embryonic in origin. While certain RNA populations are present in high abundance (e.g., fetal hemoglobin in fetal nucleated red blood cells), other fetal- or embryonic-specific RNAs are present in low abundance, either alone or even when considered as a population of fetal-specific RNAs. In addition, certain RNA
species, while produced in certain fetal cells, may also be produced in certain maternal cells. However, there are situations where fetal cells express two or more particular RNAs in the same cell while maternal cells from the same specimen source do not contain both RNA species in the same cell. The ability to detect multiple mRNA or hnRNA species simultaneously in the same cell thereby enhances the ability to distinguish fetal cells from non-fetal (e.g. maternal) cells and offers a means of combining the signal produced when only the unique set of RNAs is present so that a specific signal is detected, which uniquely identifies fetal cells.
An alternative method for identifying fetal cells is to detect a substance that is present in fetal cells but not in the maternal blood cells which would be present in the sample. One such substance which is particularly effective for such detection is cytokeratin, which may be detected by an antibody thereto. Another such substance is the peptide fetal hemoglobin, which may be detected by stain such as acid hematoxylin and eosin B (e.g. Sigma Diagnostics, P.O. 14508, St. Louis, MO 63178, cat.
no. 285) or by an antibody to fetal hemoglobin.
Yet a further alternative method for identifying fetal cells is to detect an RNA that is present in fetal cells and a peptide. The RNA may be detected by nucleic acid hybridization, and the peptide may be detected by the binding of an antibody thereto or by staining.
A further set of embodiments of the present invention involve enriching the relative proportion of fetal cells in the specimen compared to other cells, e.g. maternal cells. Such enrichment may preferably take place by selectively removing maternal cells, e.g. by contacting the sample with a ligand to a cell surface component, the ligand being capable of being selectively separated from the sample. Preferably the ligand is an antibody to an antigen generally present on maternal blood cells. Desirably the ligand is bound to a solid matrix for separation from the liquid containing the sample. Preferably the matrix is a magnetic bead. The matrix may WO 94/02646 214 OZ73 PC'T/US93/06828 alternatively be in the form of a column through which the cell suspension is passed.
In a preferred embodiment, the antibody comprises a monoclonal antibody to CD45. This antibody selectively binds to an epitope expressed on all isoforms of the human leukocyte common antigen (LCA) family, which are expressed on all leukocytes. Fetal erythrocytes are preferably enriched in such manner. Additional antibodies which may be employed, along with or instead of anti-CD45, include anti-CD13, anti-CD34, anti-CD44 and anti-CD31. Preferably the amount of antibody used is from about 2 to about 20 Ng per million leukocytes in the sample.
Alternatively, or in addition to the aforesaid, fetal cells may be selectively enriched by density gradient centrifugation. Fetal erythrocytes, lymphocytes or trophoblasts are preferably enriched in such manner.
Subsequently, the fetal cells are detected as generally stated hereinabove.
In another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel method of identifying fetal cells in a specimen. This method comprises the steps of obtaining a specimen that contains fetal cells and preliminarily labeling the fetal cells through the use of a fluorescent label which may be detected by instrumentation. Subsequently, the fetal cells are concentrated using flow cytometry.
In another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel method of,detecting a nucleic acid sequence in a fetal cell having substantially intact cellular membranes by in situ hybridization comprising the steps of fixing said fetal cell with a medium comprising at least one agent selected from the group consisting of a precipitating agent and a cross-linking agent; contacting said fixed specimen with a hybridization solution consisting of a denaturing agent, hybrid stabilizing agent, buffering agent, selective membrane pore-forming agent, and at least one synthetic oligonucleotide probe having a nucleotide sequence at least substantially complementary to a target nucleotide sequence to be detected, said contacting being under hybridizing conditions at a temperature of 15 C
Another preferred embodiment employs synthetic DNA probes which are directly labeled, or may be indirectly labeled with enzymes such as alkaline phosphatase. The binding of such probes to fetal RNA followed by subsequent reaction of the enzymes with substrates to produce a detectable product (e.g. blue or purple solid precipitated from the reaction of BCIP with NBT) may be observed under the microscope.
The information resulting from such an assay may be used not only to identify the status of the fetus, as will be discussed more particularly below, but also to provide a fetal hemoglobin estimation based on the number of fetal erythrocytes detected, e.g. so as to assess the amount of fetal-maternal hemorrhage in case of Rh incompatibility. The amount of specific gamma globulin, containing anti Rh(D) to be administered, is calculated from this estimation, to suppress maternal immune reaction to fetal red blood cells entering maternal circulation.
Another embodiment of the present invention detects the presence of at least two different RNAs in a cell. Fetal cells contain unique mRNAs or mRNA species which are produced in cell types which do not normally contain the particular mRNA species. The detection of these RNAs, whether detected as messenger RNAs or heteronuclear RNAs (hnRNAs) can serve to identify cells, or even subcellular fractions as fetal or embryonic in origin. While certain RNA populations are present in high abundance (e.g., fetal hemoglobin in fetal nucleated red blood cells), other fetal- or embryonic-specific RNAs are present in low abundance, either alone or even when considered as a population of fetal-specific RNAs. In addition, certain RNA
species, while produced in certain fetal cells, may also be produced in certain maternal cells. However, there are situations where fetal cells express two or more particular RNAs in the same cell while maternal cells from the same specimen source do not contain both RNA species in the same cell. The ability to detect multiple mRNA or hnRNA species simultaneously in the same cell thereby enhances the ability to distinguish fetal cells from non-fetal (e.g. maternal) cells and offers a means of combining the signal produced when only the unique set of RNAs is present so that a specific signal is detected, which uniquely identifies fetal cells.
An alternative method for identifying fetal cells is to detect a substance that is present in fetal cells but not in the maternal blood cells which would be present in the sample. One such substance which is particularly effective for such detection is cytokeratin, which may be detected by an antibody thereto. Another such substance is the peptide fetal hemoglobin, which may be detected by stain such as acid hematoxylin and eosin B (e.g. Sigma Diagnostics, P.O. 14508, St. Louis, MO 63178, cat.
no. 285) or by an antibody to fetal hemoglobin.
Yet a further alternative method for identifying fetal cells is to detect an RNA that is present in fetal cells and a peptide. The RNA may be detected by nucleic acid hybridization, and the peptide may be detected by the binding of an antibody thereto or by staining.
A further set of embodiments of the present invention involve enriching the relative proportion of fetal cells in the specimen compared to other cells, e.g. maternal cells. Such enrichment may preferably take place by selectively removing maternal cells, e.g. by contacting the sample with a ligand to a cell surface component, the ligand being capable of being selectively separated from the sample. Preferably the ligand is an antibody to an antigen generally present on maternal blood cells. Desirably the ligand is bound to a solid matrix for separation from the liquid containing the sample. Preferably the matrix is a magnetic bead. The matrix may WO 94/02646 214 OZ73 PC'T/US93/06828 alternatively be in the form of a column through which the cell suspension is passed.
In a preferred embodiment, the antibody comprises a monoclonal antibody to CD45. This antibody selectively binds to an epitope expressed on all isoforms of the human leukocyte common antigen (LCA) family, which are expressed on all leukocytes. Fetal erythrocytes are preferably enriched in such manner. Additional antibodies which may be employed, along with or instead of anti-CD45, include anti-CD13, anti-CD34, anti-CD44 and anti-CD31. Preferably the amount of antibody used is from about 2 to about 20 Ng per million leukocytes in the sample.
Alternatively, or in addition to the aforesaid, fetal cells may be selectively enriched by density gradient centrifugation. Fetal erythrocytes, lymphocytes or trophoblasts are preferably enriched in such manner.
Subsequently, the fetal cells are detected as generally stated hereinabove.
In another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel method of identifying fetal cells in a specimen. This method comprises the steps of obtaining a specimen that contains fetal cells and preliminarily labeling the fetal cells through the use of a fluorescent label which may be detected by instrumentation. Subsequently, the fetal cells are concentrated using flow cytometry.
In another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel method of,detecting a nucleic acid sequence in a fetal cell having substantially intact cellular membranes by in situ hybridization comprising the steps of fixing said fetal cell with a medium comprising at least one agent selected from the group consisting of a precipitating agent and a cross-linking agent; contacting said fixed specimen with a hybridization solution consisting of a denaturing agent, hybrid stabilizing agent, buffering agent, selective membrane pore-forming agent, and at least one synthetic oligonucleotide probe having a nucleotide sequence at least substantially complementary to a target nucleotide sequence to be detected, said contacting being under hybridizing conditions at a temperature of 15 C
to 80 C for about 5 to 240 minutes in the presence of at least one detectable label; and detecting hybrid formation by means of said label.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel method of detecting the presence of a nucleic acid sequence in a fetal cell having substantially intact cellular membranes by in situ hybridization comprising steps of contacting said fetal cell with a medium comprising a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, a membrane pore-forming agent, and at least one synthetic oligonucleotide probe having a nucleotide sequence at least substantially complementary to a specific target nucleotide sequence to be detected, said contacting to be under hybridizing conditions in the presence of at least one detectable label; and detecting hybrid formation by means of said label.
Optionally, the hybridization medium may contain a fixative agent.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel kit for the identification of a fetal cell in-a specimen.
In another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a kit for the enrichment of fetal cells within a blood specimen including means for creating a density gradient for separating out fetal cells of interest.
In still yet another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel kit for the enrichment of fetal cells from a specimen, such as preferably maternal peripheral blood, and the detection of nucleic acid sequence in such fetal cells. This kit comprises an antibody to a cell surface antigen present on most or all adult white blood cells, which antibody may be bound to a matrix to facilitate separation. The kit further comprises a hybridization solution comprising a denaturing agent, hybrid stabilizing agent, buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent. In addition, this kit contains a supply of an oligonucleotide probe capable of hybridizing with a target fetal RNA nucleotide sequence. Advantageously, such a kit also includes another detectably different probe capable of hybridizing with a nucleic acid sequence of clinical interest.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel method of detecting the presence of a nucleic acid sequence in a fetal cell having substantially intact cellular membranes by in situ hybridization comprising steps of contacting said fetal cell with a medium comprising a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, a membrane pore-forming agent, and at least one synthetic oligonucleotide probe having a nucleotide sequence at least substantially complementary to a specific target nucleotide sequence to be detected, said contacting to be under hybridizing conditions in the presence of at least one detectable label; and detecting hybrid formation by means of said label.
Optionally, the hybridization medium may contain a fixative agent.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel kit for the identification of a fetal cell in-a specimen.
In another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a kit for the enrichment of fetal cells within a blood specimen including means for creating a density gradient for separating out fetal cells of interest.
In still yet another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a novel kit for the enrichment of fetal cells from a specimen, such as preferably maternal peripheral blood, and the detection of nucleic acid sequence in such fetal cells. This kit comprises an antibody to a cell surface antigen present on most or all adult white blood cells, which antibody may be bound to a matrix to facilitate separation. The kit further comprises a hybridization solution comprising a denaturing agent, hybrid stabilizing agent, buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent. In addition, this kit contains a supply of an oligonucleotide probe capable of hybridizing with a target fetal RNA nucleotide sequence. Advantageously, such a kit also includes another detectably different probe capable of hybridizing with a nucleic acid sequence of clinical interest.
Various kinds of fetal cells are characterized by cell type. In a preferred embodiment, this invention relates to fetal nucleated erythrocytes.
Alternatively, the present invention may involve fetal trophoblasts, which term includes both cytotrophoblast and syncytiotrophoblast cells. The fetal cells are preferably separated from maternal peripheral blood by ligand binding of maternal cells or density gradient centrifugation. However, the procedures of the present invention may alternatively be applied to samples obtained by percutaneous sampling of umbilical cord blood, amniocentesis, chorionic villi sampling or other procedures, if the advantages obtained by maternal peripheral blood sampling are not required.
Following enrichment of the fetal cells as mentioned above, the cells may be distinguished or separated from maternal cells by recognition of a fetal cell antigen, e.g., by staining with a labeled antibody to cytokeratin or to fetal hemoglobin, by staining for fetal hemoglobin, or preferably by in situ hybridization using DNA probes to messenger RNA (mRNA) sequences that are present in such fetal cells but not in maternal blood cells.
Various antibodies have been used to discriminate between fetal and maternal cells. An antibody to cytokeratin attached to a fluorescent label is especially desirable for use without interfering with the nucleic acid hybridization performed in accordance with the present invention.
However, a preferred method in accordance with this invention, uses in situ hybridization performed on cells that are obtained from maternal peripheral blood using probes and conditions that select for messenger RNA
(mRNA) bearing sequences that are transcribed in fetal cells but not in the maternal blood cells. In accordance with the present invention, it has been found that mRNA for fetal hemoglobin (HbF) is an especially good marker of such cells for detection by in situ hybridization.
Alternatively, certain methods of the present invention may involve embryonic cells fertilized in vitro, or products of conception, which do not need to be separated or distinguished from maternal cells.
Alternatively, the present invention may involve fetal trophoblasts, which term includes both cytotrophoblast and syncytiotrophoblast cells. The fetal cells are preferably separated from maternal peripheral blood by ligand binding of maternal cells or density gradient centrifugation. However, the procedures of the present invention may alternatively be applied to samples obtained by percutaneous sampling of umbilical cord blood, amniocentesis, chorionic villi sampling or other procedures, if the advantages obtained by maternal peripheral blood sampling are not required.
Following enrichment of the fetal cells as mentioned above, the cells may be distinguished or separated from maternal cells by recognition of a fetal cell antigen, e.g., by staining with a labeled antibody to cytokeratin or to fetal hemoglobin, by staining for fetal hemoglobin, or preferably by in situ hybridization using DNA probes to messenger RNA (mRNA) sequences that are present in such fetal cells but not in maternal blood cells.
Various antibodies have been used to discriminate between fetal and maternal cells. An antibody to cytokeratin attached to a fluorescent label is especially desirable for use without interfering with the nucleic acid hybridization performed in accordance with the present invention.
However, a preferred method in accordance with this invention, uses in situ hybridization performed on cells that are obtained from maternal peripheral blood using probes and conditions that select for messenger RNA
(mRNA) bearing sequences that are transcribed in fetal cells but not in the maternal blood cells. In accordance with the present invention, it has been found that mRNA for fetal hemoglobin (HbF) is an especially good marker of such cells for detection by in situ hybridization.
Alternatively, certain methods of the present invention may involve embryonic cells fertilized in vitro, or products of conception, which do not need to be separated or distinguished from maternal cells.
An advantage of the hybridization technique of a preferred embodiment of the present invention is that it is possible to perform the hybridization to detect fetal mRNA sequences under conditions similar to (or preferably the same as) those used to detect genetic or viral DNA.
Moreover, in a most preferred embodiment, a single incubation step is performed in which probes for mRNA and probes for DNA are present in the hybridization cocktail.
The in situ hybridization techniques of the present invention are capable of detecting even a single genetic abnormality in a single cell.
Incubation in accordance with the present invention is desirably less than about 120 minutes, and preferably between about 5 and about 30 minutes.
If a procedure for detecting a genetic abnormality involving somewhat fewer than 1500 bases is desired, increasing the time of incubation, even beyond 240 minutes, may often provide the needed result.
Another aspect of this invention is to detect genetic abnormalities, such as additions, deletions, translocations and rearrangements, that are characterized by nucleotide sequences of as few as 15 base pairs. In this aspect, the present invention is not limited to the detection of such genetic abnormalities in fetal cells, but also is applicable to nucleic acid from virtually any source. The cells containing the target nucleic acid molecules may be eukaryotic cells (e.g., human cells, including cells derived from blood, skin, bone, lung, nervous system, liver, uterus, testes, prostate, mucous membrane, or in general any part of ectoderm, mesoderm or endoderm), prokaryotic cells (e.g., bacteria), plant cells, or any other type of cell. They can be simple eukaryotes such as yeast or derived from complex eukaryotes such as humans. Moreover, the invention may be used to distinguish various strains of viruses, as well as cellular DNA or RNA. In that event, the target strands of nucleic acid may be in a non-enveloped virus or an enveloped virus (having a non-enveloped membrane such as a lipid protein membrane).
Moreover, in a most preferred embodiment, a single incubation step is performed in which probes for mRNA and probes for DNA are present in the hybridization cocktail.
The in situ hybridization techniques of the present invention are capable of detecting even a single genetic abnormality in a single cell.
Incubation in accordance with the present invention is desirably less than about 120 minutes, and preferably between about 5 and about 30 minutes.
If a procedure for detecting a genetic abnormality involving somewhat fewer than 1500 bases is desired, increasing the time of incubation, even beyond 240 minutes, may often provide the needed result.
Another aspect of this invention is to detect genetic abnormalities, such as additions, deletions, translocations and rearrangements, that are characterized by nucleotide sequences of as few as 15 base pairs. In this aspect, the present invention is not limited to the detection of such genetic abnormalities in fetal cells, but also is applicable to nucleic acid from virtually any source. The cells containing the target nucleic acid molecules may be eukaryotic cells (e.g., human cells, including cells derived from blood, skin, bone, lung, nervous system, liver, uterus, testes, prostate, mucous membrane, or in general any part of ectoderm, mesoderm or endoderm), prokaryotic cells (e.g., bacteria), plant cells, or any other type of cell. They can be simple eukaryotes such as yeast or derived from complex eukaryotes such as humans. Moreover, the invention may be used to distinguish various strains of viruses, as well as cellular DNA or RNA. In that event, the target strands of nucleic acid may be in a non-enveloped virus or an enveloped virus (having a non-enveloped membrane such as a lipid protein membrane).
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows the use of in situ hybridization to determine the numerical status of chromosomes X, Y and 18 in normal male aminocytes.
Figure 2 shows tl-ie siniultaneous detection of the X and Y
chromosomes within amriiocytes and white blood cells.
Figure 3 shows a schematic representation of the technique preferably used to enrich fetal erythrocytes from maternal blood in accordance with the present invention.
Figure 4 shows a schematic representation of the technique preferably used to enrich fetal troplioblasts from maternal blood in accordance with the present invention.
Figtire 5 shows ttie use of probes for fetal hemoglobin messenger RNA to identify fetal eryttirocytes.
Figure 6 shows ttre use of anti-cytokeratin antibodies to positively identify fetal cells in maternal blood.
Figure 7 stiows the detection of the Y chromosome within a fetal trophoblast, positively identified using the anti-cytokeratin antibody, and isolated from maternal blood.
Figure 8 shows the use of in situ hybridization to determine the numerical status of chromosomes X, Y and 18 in placental trophoblasts that have been positively identified using the anti-cytokeratin antibody.
Figure 9 shows ttie use of in situ hybridization to fetal-cell-specific rnRNA to positively identify amniocytes and trophoblasts.
The methods of ttie present invention may be tised to identify fetal cells in a wide variety of specirnens. Representative examples of such specimens include materna{ peripheral blood, placental tissue, chorionic villi, arnniotic fluid and embryonic tissue. For the reasons stated above, maternal peripheral blood is the preferable specimen, which in the past has been the WO 94/02646 PC'I'/US93/06828 most difficult to obtain reliable and consistent results with because of the high ratio between maternal cells (which interfere with any assay of fetal nucleic acid) and fetal cells.
The methods of the present invention may be used to detect a number of fetal cells in a specimen. Representative examples of such fetal cells include trophoblasts, nucleated red blood cells (erythrocytes), fetal epithelial cells, fetal mesothelial cells, fetal lymphocytes and fetal embryonic cells.
The methods of the present invention may be used to detect fetal- cell-specific polynucleotide sequences, that is, oligonucleotides, within a fetal cell. Without limiting the present invention, the novel methods of the present invention may be used to detect a virus or a chromosome within a fetal cell. Representative examples of viruses detectable by the present invention include a human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus and herpes virus. Representative examples of chromosomes detected by the present invention include the human X chromosome, the Y chromosome and Chromosomes 1, 13, 16, 18 and 21.
The sensitivity of the in situ hybridization techniques of the present invention permit the visual and photographic detection of a single copy of a genetic sequence present within a single cell.
For example and not by way of limitation, using a single fluorophor on each probe, with each probe being about 25 bases in length, a genetic sequence of approximately 6,000 bases can be reliably detected by viewing the results through a standard fluorescent microscope. When four fluorophors are attached to a single probe, the presence or absence of a particular genetic sequence of approximately 1500 bases can be reliably detected, using the period of incubation taught herein. Moreover, when using probes for corresponding sequences from both the "sense" and the "anti-sense" strands of a two-stranded nucleic acid, one can detect the presence or absence of a sequence as short as approximately 750 base pairs using such periods of incubation described herein. Alternatively, one may WO 94/02646 2~ ~ 0Z78 PCT/US93/06828 potentially detect as few as 15 to 20 base pairs using an image analysis system.
Similarly, if a fetal cell is infected with a virus, such as the Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), the viral nucleic acid (RNA or DNA) incorporated in the fetal cell's nucleic acid sequence can be detected by the in situ hybridization techniques of the present invention.
The present invention allows for multiple targets to be tested simultaneously, using a single sample of cells. This permits the maximum amount of information to be obtained from a single sample, minimizing the need for multiple fetal cell samples and thereby increasing the safety to both mother and fetus and minimizing need for cell purity and sorting.
Differentiation of Maternal Cells from Fetal Cells Identification of fetal cells or detection of genetic abnormalities within fetal cells requires their separation and differentiation from maternal cells. This requirement is especially necessary when the sample of cells is obtained from maternal peripheral blood containing a low percentage of fetal cells. Generally, any method which allows for the accurate separation and identification of fetal cells may be used in the methods of the present invention. Those skilled in the art will recognize that any method of positive or negative separation by antibodies may be used to identify and sort fetal cells. Positive and negative separation by antibodies, as herein used, includes an antibody binding specifically to fetal cell antigens and not significantly to maternal cell antigens (positive separation) and an antibody binding specifically to maternal cell antigens and not significantly to fetal cell antigens (negative separation). The antibodies may be coupled to numerous solid surfaces or supports (substrates, such as containers, columns, wells, beads, or particles) by physical or chemical bonding. Alternatively, the antibodies may be coupled to a material which facilitates the selected separation step. For example, antibodies may be tagged with fluorescent markers and separated with a cell sorter by standard procedures.
Figure 1 shows the use of in situ hybridization to determine the numerical status of chromosomes X, Y and 18 in normal male aminocytes.
Figure 2 shows tl-ie siniultaneous detection of the X and Y
chromosomes within amriiocytes and white blood cells.
Figure 3 shows a schematic representation of the technique preferably used to enrich fetal erythrocytes from maternal blood in accordance with the present invention.
Figure 4 shows a schematic representation of the technique preferably used to enrich fetal troplioblasts from maternal blood in accordance with the present invention.
Figtire 5 shows ttie use of probes for fetal hemoglobin messenger RNA to identify fetal eryttirocytes.
Figure 6 shows ttre use of anti-cytokeratin antibodies to positively identify fetal cells in maternal blood.
Figure 7 stiows the detection of the Y chromosome within a fetal trophoblast, positively identified using the anti-cytokeratin antibody, and isolated from maternal blood.
Figure 8 shows the use of in situ hybridization to determine the numerical status of chromosomes X, Y and 18 in placental trophoblasts that have been positively identified using the anti-cytokeratin antibody.
Figure 9 shows ttie use of in situ hybridization to fetal-cell-specific rnRNA to positively identify amniocytes and trophoblasts.
The methods of ttie present invention may be tised to identify fetal cells in a wide variety of specirnens. Representative examples of such specimens include materna{ peripheral blood, placental tissue, chorionic villi, arnniotic fluid and embryonic tissue. For the reasons stated above, maternal peripheral blood is the preferable specimen, which in the past has been the WO 94/02646 PC'I'/US93/06828 most difficult to obtain reliable and consistent results with because of the high ratio between maternal cells (which interfere with any assay of fetal nucleic acid) and fetal cells.
The methods of the present invention may be used to detect a number of fetal cells in a specimen. Representative examples of such fetal cells include trophoblasts, nucleated red blood cells (erythrocytes), fetal epithelial cells, fetal mesothelial cells, fetal lymphocytes and fetal embryonic cells.
The methods of the present invention may be used to detect fetal- cell-specific polynucleotide sequences, that is, oligonucleotides, within a fetal cell. Without limiting the present invention, the novel methods of the present invention may be used to detect a virus or a chromosome within a fetal cell. Representative examples of viruses detectable by the present invention include a human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus and herpes virus. Representative examples of chromosomes detected by the present invention include the human X chromosome, the Y chromosome and Chromosomes 1, 13, 16, 18 and 21.
The sensitivity of the in situ hybridization techniques of the present invention permit the visual and photographic detection of a single copy of a genetic sequence present within a single cell.
For example and not by way of limitation, using a single fluorophor on each probe, with each probe being about 25 bases in length, a genetic sequence of approximately 6,000 bases can be reliably detected by viewing the results through a standard fluorescent microscope. When four fluorophors are attached to a single probe, the presence or absence of a particular genetic sequence of approximately 1500 bases can be reliably detected, using the period of incubation taught herein. Moreover, when using probes for corresponding sequences from both the "sense" and the "anti-sense" strands of a two-stranded nucleic acid, one can detect the presence or absence of a sequence as short as approximately 750 base pairs using such periods of incubation described herein. Alternatively, one may WO 94/02646 2~ ~ 0Z78 PCT/US93/06828 potentially detect as few as 15 to 20 base pairs using an image analysis system.
Similarly, if a fetal cell is infected with a virus, such as the Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), the viral nucleic acid (RNA or DNA) incorporated in the fetal cell's nucleic acid sequence can be detected by the in situ hybridization techniques of the present invention.
The present invention allows for multiple targets to be tested simultaneously, using a single sample of cells. This permits the maximum amount of information to be obtained from a single sample, minimizing the need for multiple fetal cell samples and thereby increasing the safety to both mother and fetus and minimizing need for cell purity and sorting.
Differentiation of Maternal Cells from Fetal Cells Identification of fetal cells or detection of genetic abnormalities within fetal cells requires their separation and differentiation from maternal cells. This requirement is especially necessary when the sample of cells is obtained from maternal peripheral blood containing a low percentage of fetal cells. Generally, any method which allows for the accurate separation and identification of fetal cells may be used in the methods of the present invention. Those skilled in the art will recognize that any method of positive or negative separation by antibodies may be used to identify and sort fetal cells. Positive and negative separation by antibodies, as herein used, includes an antibody binding specifically to fetal cell antigens and not significantly to maternal cell antigens (positive separation) and an antibody binding specifically to maternal cell antigens and not significantly to fetal cell antigens (negative separation). The antibodies may be coupled to numerous solid surfaces or supports (substrates, such as containers, columns, wells, beads, or particles) by physical or chemical bonding. Alternatively, the antibodies may be coupled to a material which facilitates the selected separation step. For example, antibodies may be tagged with fluorescent markers and separated with a cell sorter by standard procedures.
In general, such antibodies are effective when employed In amotints of about 2 - 20 Ng per million cells to which they are targeted.
That ts, antibodies which recognize and bind to leukocytes are added In the aforesaid amountm, based on the expected number of leukocytes In the sample. Alternatively, antibodies which recognize and bind to trophoblasts are added in the aforesaid amount, based on the expected number of trophoblasts in the sample.
In a preferred embodiment of the present Invention, negative separation is employed. A particularly preferred negative separation Is performed by using antibody to CD45, hereinafter "anti-CD45," which selectively binds to white blood cells.
The anti-CD45 is desirably bonded to a solid support such as magnetic beads, which may be introduced into a test tube and shaken with the sample and then held in position at the side of the test tube by the application of a magnetic field, while liquid containing the un-bound sample Is removed. Such beads are available as Anti-CD45 immunomagnetic beads, Catalog No. 1178, from Amac, Inc., 160B larrabee Road, Wesbrook, ME
04092.
Aiternativeiy, one may obtain immunomagnetic beads from Calbiochem, 10933 N. Torrey Pines Road, La Jolla, CA, uncoated as catalog no. 400995, or coated with streptavidin as catalog no. 400996. Such beads may be coated by the user with antibodies to cell surface antigens found on cells which are desired to be removed from the fetal cells (when negative selection is being employed) or on the type of fetal cells which are desired to be concentrated (when positive selection is being employed).
Another bead which may be coated with antibody is an aqueous suspension of iron oxide particles coated to provide carboxyl groups, permitting the covalent attachment of biologically active molecules. Such beads, and a description of procedure for use, are available as BioMag Carboxyi Terminated, catalog no. 8-4125, Advanced Magnetics, Inc., Cambridge MA
1617) 497-2070.
* tnade-mark If desired, white blood ceils may be even more effectively removed by a combination of antibodies to CD45, CD13 and CD34. Anti-CD44 can also be inciuded in the mixture to remove contaminating maternal red blood cells. Addition of anti-CD31 can specifically remove the contaminating platelets. Such antibodies are available from various sources such as Amac, Inc. (see above), Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, NJ
07417-1884, and Zymed Laboratories, Inc., 458 Carlton Court, South San Francisco, CA. See Zymed's 1992 catalog at pages 10-13 and 71-72. See also W. Knapp, Eourth jr2ternatioBal Vyorkshop and Conference on Human eukocvtg Differentiation Antigens, Oxford University Press, 1989; and D.F.
Keren, Flow Cvtomgtry in Clinical Diagnosis, pp. 41-87 ASCP Press, Chicago, 1989.
Fetal cells may alternatively be Isolated from maternal peripheral blood by either density gradient centrifugation or by flow cytometry. Using flow cytometry, fetal cells may be identified and sorted, for example, by first using either a labeled antibody specific for a fetal cell antigen or by using a nucleic-acid-specific probe, e.g., a synthetic oiigonucieotide probe hybridizable to fetal cell RNA.
Concentration of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells In MaternaJBlood An example of a separation of fetal nucleated red blood cells (erythrocyte) is shown in Figure 3, consisting of parts 3A and 38. Each step Is schematically illustrated by a numbered box, and a component or container that appears in more than one step Is identified by the same reference numeral.
In step 10, draw twenty ml of maternal peripheral blood 18, e.g. into two conventional ten-mi EDTA anti-coagulation blood collection tubes 12 and 14, e.g. Vacutainer'-tubes. Alternatively, ten ml of umbilical cord blood is drawn. The blood is transferred into a fifty-mi centrifuge tube 16.
* trade-mark In step 20, the blood sample 18 Is mixed with fifteen ml of Cell Buffer A 22 to form a buffered sample 24. (See Exemplary Solutions, below.) Mix well.
In step 30, fifteen ml of a density-gradient separation reagent 32 having a density of about 1.083, e.g. Histopaque 1083, Is placed in a fifty-mi conical tube 34, and up to twenty ml of the buffered sample 24 Is carefully layered on the top of the density separation reagent. The density separation reagent may have a density from about 1.075 to about 1.095, preferably between 1.08 and 1.09.
In step 40, the conical tube 34 is centrifuged in a swinging-bucket rotor 36 at 700 x g for thirty minutes at room temperature. Arrow 38 shows the direction of centrifugal force being applied to tube 34 as Illustrated. If two containers of blood sample were provided initially, then prepare and process a second density separation tube for the remaining twenty mi of diluted blood, repeating steps 30 and 40 as to the second tube. If the sample Is umbilical cord blood, there would be only one such tube.
In step 50, aspirate off and discard the top serum/buffer layer 54. Discard this waste. The buffy coat 56 is the interface layer at the top of the density separation reagent 52, which contains both maternal and fetal white blood cells, nucleated red blood cells, and erythroblasts. Collect the buffy coat 56 by pipette 58 and transfer to a fresh fifty-mi conical tube 62.
If more than one tube 34 of density separation material were prepared for a singie patient, combine all interface layers 56 into a single fifty-ml conical tube 62.
in step 60, wash the collected cell layer with Cell Buffer A 22 by adding Cell Buffer A to the cells to make the volume forty-five ml.
In step 70, pellet the cells In tube 62 by centrifugation at 1000 rpm for ten minutes at room temperature.
In step 80, resuspend the cells, this time in one ml of Ceii Buffer B 82.
` trade-mark WO 94/02646 2~ ~ 0173 PCT/US93/06828 For step 90, prepare one hundred NI of anti-CD45 magnetic beads 94 in a 2-ml microcentrifuge tube 92 using aseptic technique as follows. (This preparation of the beads is not shown diagrammatically.) Wash the beads by adding 1.4 ml of Cell Buffer A, using a magnet to retain the beads on the side of the tube. Let the tube sit undisturbed for 5 minutes. Carefully remove the wash solution with a pipette. Remove the magnet. As shown in the diagram for step 90, add to the tube 92 the resuspended cells in tube 64 from step 70. Incubate at room temperature for ten minutes, mixing gently.
In step 100, apply a magnet, such as a magnetic support block illustrated diagrammatically as magnet 102, to retain the beads 94 against the side of the tube 92.
In step 110, remove and collect the liquid by pipette 112. The cell suspension 114 in pipette 112 contains the fetal cells. The cellular material 118 that remains with the beads 94 primarily contains maternal leukocytes.
Step 120 diagrammatically represents the transfer of the pipetting liquid 114 onto a microscope slide 162 from pipette 112. Such a transfer would generally be done by pipette. Alternatively, the washed fetal cell suspension may be transferred to a fresh tube (not shown), if hybridization in suspension is to be performed.
Alternatively, instead of using a bead having, for example, anti-CD45 bonded thereto (direct negative selection), one may react the specimen with anti-CD45 in solution and then remove the leucocytes, which have entered into an antigen-antibody ligand with the anti-CD45, by any means which separates such an antibody, and particularly by an antibody to an epitope of the CD45 molecule (indirect negative selection). Where the anti-CD45 is a mouse antibody, such a ligand-forming antibody may be, for example a sheep-antimouse IgG antibody bonded to substrate that is generally solid or otherwise able to facilitate removal of the ligand complex from solution, such as an antibody-coated magnetic bead, the coated well of a container, etc.
preuaration of Slides If slides are to be prepared, they are preferably made by the conventional cytospin technique. Alternatively they may be prepared as organosilanated slides.
For cytospun slides, 200 NI of the cell suspension 114 from step 110 Is cytospun onto each slide for five minutes at 500 rpm. Dip the cytospun slides in chilled 80% ethanoi/water (v/v) for five minutes. Air dry.
Alternatively, the cytospun slides may be fixed by directly applying 30 pl of ethanol/methanol (3:1 v/v) onto each slide.
To prepare organosilanated slides, Immerse clean slides for 2 minutes in a freshly prepared 2% (v/v) solution of an organosifane such as 3-aminopropyitriethoxysiiane (APTO) in acetone. Rinse the slides twice in water and air dry. For each 20 ml of maternal blood or 10 ml of umbilical cord blood used as the sample, resuspend the cell pellet in 50 pi of a fixative soiution, e.g. 80% ethanol/water or 3:1 ethanol/methanol. Spot 50 NI of this suspension on a slide and air dry the sample.
Flow Cytometrv A Coulter Profile ll*flow cytometer may be used to detect nucleic acids within fetal cells, using a PMT I setting of 1100 and a PMT 3 setting of 900. Color compensation, PMT 1 - PMT 3, may be 15%. An Epics Elite`system may be used to sort fetal cells out of a specimen, e.g., of maternal blood.
When fluorescein (generaiiy FITC) is the probe dye, the dye is first excited with light having a wavelength 488 nm and then the emitted light is measured. For the emitted light (for LFL1), a 540 bp (40) filter is used; i.e., only light with a wavelength between 520 nm and 560 nm is allowed to pass. The filter for LFL3 is a 635 long pass fiiter; i.e., it allows any light over 635 nm wavelength to pass.
* trade-mark A marker may be used to define the cell as a fetal cell, e.g., a trophoblast. Various antigens found at the surface of trophoblasts are known, and antibodies to such antigens are used as markers for identification and separation of such cells from maternal blood, other maternal cells or placental tissue. In the instant invention, an antibody to cytokeratin is a preferred fetal cell marker for trophoblasts. For example, antibodies to representative fetal cell markers may be used, such as:
(1) cytokeratin, (2),6-subunit of chorionic gonadotrophin, (3) fetal hemoglobin protein, (4) chorionic somatomammotropin protein (placental lactogen), (5) pregnancy-specific.8-glycoprotein, and (6) a-fetoprotein.
Various labeled antibodies to cytokeratin are available. These include CAM
5.2 from Becton Dickinson, Catalog No. 92-0005; and anti-cytokeratin 18-FITC from Sigma Chemical Company, Catalog No. F-4772 (antibody to cytokeratin 18). Most preferably, the antibody to cytokeratin is labeled with fluorescent moiety.
Even more preferably, fetal-cell-specific RNA sequences are used as fetal cell markers. Such sequences are transcripts of, e.g., the fetal hemoglobin gene, the cytokeratin gene, the 6-subunit of chorionic gonadotrophin gene, the chorionic somatomammotropin gene (placental lactogen), the pregnancy-specific,6-glycoprotein genes, the embryonic hemoglobin gene or the a-fetoprotein gene. The sequences of these genes and others may be obtained from the Genetic Sequence Data Bank, GenBank, version 69Ø A DNA probe, or population of probes, embodying any of these sequences is synthesized as an oligodeoxynucleotide using a commercial DNA synthesizer such as Model 380B from Applied Biosystems, Inc.. Foster City, CA, using reagents supplied by that company. Probes may be comprised of the natural nucleotide bases or known analogs of the natural nucleotide bases, including those modified to bind labeling moieties.
The novel methods of identifying fetal cells in a specimen using density gradient centrifugation utilize density gradient medium. Most preferably, the density gradient medium comprises colloidal .=
poiyvinyipyrrolidone-coated silica (e.g. Percol(-, nycodenz, a nonionic polysucrose (Ficoi171 either alone or with sodium diatrizoate (Ficoli-Paqueor Histopaquel, or mixtures thereof. The density of the reagent employed Is selected to preferentially separate the fetal cells of interest from other blood components.
The present invention permits detection of genetic abnormalities using a minimum number of fetal cells. Fetal cells may be obtained by amniocentesis, chorionic viili sampling or other standard methods known in ttie art. In one embodiment of the present invention, however, fetal cells are Isolated from maternal peripheral blood, avoiding the invasion of the uterine cavity and thus precluding injury to the mother or fetus. In another embodiment of the present invention, fetal cells are isolated from a percutaneous sample of umbilicai cord blood. The sensitivity of the present method permits drawing a smaller sample of umbilical cord blood. i.e.
preferably 1-2 ml, but optionally as little as 0.2 ml, than would need to be drawn using conventional fetal cell isolation and detection techniques.
Detection of Genetic Abnofmaiilies The genetic abnormalities detected by the present invention may be deletions, additions, amplifications, translocations or rearrangements.
For example, a deletion may be identified by detecting the absence of hybridizable binding of the probe to a target sequence. To detect a deletion of a genetic sequence, a population of probes are prepared that are complementary to the nucleic acid sequence that is present In a normal fetal cell but absent in an abnormal one. If the probes hybridize to the sequence in the cell being tested, then the sequence is detected and the cell is normal as to that sequence. If the probes fail to hybridize to cellular nucleic acid, then the sequence is not detected in that cell and the cell is designated as abnormal, provided that a control sequence, such as the X
chromosome, is detected in that cell.
An addition may be identified by detecting binding of a labeled probe to a polynucleotide repeat segment of a chromosome. To detect an * trade-mark WO 94/02646 ~ ~ ~ DZ7,$ PCI'/US93/06828 addition of a genetic sequence, such as an insertion in a chromosome or a karyotypic abnormality such as the trisomy of Chromosome 21 which indicates Down's Syndrome, a population of probes are prepared that are complementary to the genetic sequence in question. Continuing with the Down's Syndrome example, if the probes complementary to Chromosome 21 hybridize to three appearances of the Chromosome 21 sequence in the cell, then three occurrences of the Chromosome 21 sequence will be detected and indicate the Down's Syndrome trisomic condition. If the detection means is a fluorescent dye, for example, then three distinct points of fluorescence visible in each cell will indicate the trisomy condition.
As illustrated in Example 14, when an amplification of a particular DNA fragment is present, there is an increase in the intensity of the signal from a labeled probe for the sequence which is subject to amplification. Using any of a number of image analysis systems, this signal is quantified and compared to normal controls to determine whether or not a particular amplification mutation is present.
A translocation or rearrangement may be identified by several methods. For example, a labeled first probe may be bound to a marker region of a chromosome that does not translocate. A labeled second probe is then bound to a second region of the same chromosome (for a rearrangement) or a second chromosome (for a translocation) and subsequently binding of the first and second probes is detected.
Alternatively, a translocation may be identified by first binding a labeled probe to a marker region of a polynucleotide section of a chromosome that translocates or rearranges. Subsequently, binding of the labeled probe is detected.
For example, to detect a translocation, a marker for the chromosome in question is identified, and a population of probes are prepared that hybridize to it. They are marked with a detectable label, such as a dye that fluoresces at a particular wavelength. The sequence that translocates or rearranges in the abnormality being tested for is also identified, and second population of probes are prepared that identify it. The members of the second population of probes are marked with a distinguishably different label, such as a dye that fluoresces at a different wavelength from the first series of labeled probes. In situ hybridization is performed using both populations of probes, and the results of hybridization by each of the probe populations are compared. If the first and second labels are coincident on virtually all cell samples, no translocation has taken place. If the first label is found not to coincide with the second label on a significant fraction of samples, then a translocation or rearrangement has taken place. See, e.g., F. Speleman, Clinical Genetics 41(4):169-174 (1992);
J. W. Gray, Progress in Clinical & Biol. Res. 372:399-411 (1991).
Hybridization Fixative Ethanol, e.g. 80% ethanol/water (v/v), is desirably used as a fixative during preparation of the cells for in situ hybridization. Other useful precipitation fixatives include acetic acid, methanol, acetone, and combinations thereof, for example ethanol/methanol mixture 3:1. Other useful fixatives will be obvious to one skilled in the art. Fixatives and hybridization of fixed cells, in general, are discussed in U.S. Patent No. 5,225,326. Fixatives should provide good preservation of cellular morphology and preservation and accessibility of antigens, and high hybridization efficiency. Some salts, e.g. mercuric chloride, sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, potassium dichromate, potassium phosphate, ammonium bromide, calcium chloride, sodium acetate, lithium chloride, cesium acetate, calcium or magnesium acetate, potassium nitrate, potassium dichromate, sodium chromate, potassium iodide, sodium iodate, sodium thiosulfate, and extreme temperatures, such as waving a slide over a flame, may also function as fixatives.
The fixative may contain a compound which fixes the cellular components by cross-linking these materials together, for example, paraformaldehyde, glutaraldehyde or formaldehyde. Cross-linking agents, while preserving ultrastructure, often reduce hybridization efficiency by forming networks trapping nucleic acids and antigens and rendering them Inaccessible to probes and antibodies. Some cross-linking agents also covalently modify nucleic acids, preventing later hybrid formation.
!.lybridiza ion Solution Cog,nRonepi~
The hybridization solution may typicaliy comprise a chaotropic denaturing agent, a buffer, a pore-forming agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent.
The chaotropic denaturing agents include formamide, urea, thiocyanate, guanidine, trichloroacetate, tetramethyiamine, perchlorate, and sodium Iodide. Any buffer which maintains pFi at least between about 6.0 and about 8.5 and preferably between 7.0 and 8.0 may be utilized.
The pore-forming agent is, for instance, a detergent such as Bri}"
35, Brij 58, sodium dodecyl sulfate, CHAPS, Tweed, Sarkasylor Triton X-1007 Depending on the location of the target nucleic acid, the pore-forming agent is chosen to facilitate probe entry through plasma, nuclear membranes or cellular compartmental structures. For Instance, 0.05% Brij 35 or 0.1 % Triton X-100 wiil permit probe entry through the plasma membrane but not the nuclear membrane. Alternatively, sodium deoxycholate will allow probes to traverse the nuclear membrane. Thus, in order to restrict hybridization to the cytoplasmic nucleic acid targets, nuclear membrane pore-forming agents are avoided. Such selective subcellular localization contributes to ttie specificity and sensitivity of the assay by eliminating probe hybridization to complementary nuclear sequences when the target nucleic acid is located in the cytoplasm. Agents other than detergents, such as fixatives or salts, may serve this function.
Hybrid stabilizing agents such as salts of mono- and divalent cations are included in ttie hybridization solution to promote formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary sequences of the probe and its target nucleic acid. Preferably, sodium chloride at a concentration from 0.15 M to 1 M is used. In order to prevent non-specific binding of nucleic acid probes, nucleic acids unrelated to the target nucleic acids may desirably be added to the hybridization soiution.
* trade-mark Many types of solid supports may be utilized to practice the invention. Supports which may be utilized include, but are not limited to, glass, Scotch`tape 13M1, nylon, Gene Screen Plus (New England Nuclear) and nitrocellulose. Most preferably, glass microscope slides are used. The use of these supports and the procedures for depositing specimens thereon is obvious to those of skill in the art. The choice of support material will depend upon the procedure for visualization of cells and the quantitation procedure used. Some filter materials are not uniformly thick and, thus, shrinking and swelling during in situ hybridization procedures is not uniform.
In addition, some supports which autofluoresce will interfere with the determination of low level fluorescence. Glass microscope slides are most preferable as a solid support since they have high signal-to-noise ratios and can be treated to better retain tissue.
In one embodiment of the process, the target cell is immobilized on a solid surface (especially a glass slide). In another embodiment, the target cell is suspended in liquid during the entire process and not immobilized on a solid surface. Use of conventional flow cytometry instruments is especially facilitated with the present invention.
The process comprises the steps of:
(1) contacting ttie cells with a solution comprising a probe capable of binding to a target molecule In or on said cells, said contacting performed in a manner such that the probe binds to said target molecule so as to make that probe a cell-bound probe, said probe comprising a reporter group;
(2) contacting the cell with a solution comprising a structural analogue of the reporter group, (3) performing one or more steps that will detect the reporter group on the probe bound to the cell but that will not detect analogue bound to the cell, wherein step (1) takes place before step (2-, after step (2), or during step (2).
* trade-mairk WO 94/02646 2140Z7g PCT/US93/06828 Steps (1) and (2) are considered to take place simultaneously if the probe and the analogue are in the same solution.
Preferably, steps (1) and (2) are performed simultaneously by including the probe and the analogue in the same solution. In preferred embodiments, multiple probes for multiple target sequences are simultaneously hybridized. For example, probes for HbF mRNA and for human chromosome 21 are desirably included in the contacting step, and the reporter group on the probes for HbF mRNA is detectably different from the reporter group on the probes for chromosome 21.
In a subgeneric aspect of the invention, the reporter group is a cyclic compound. In a further subgeneric aspect of the invention, the cyclic group comprises an unsaturated bond. In a still narrower subgeneric aspect of the invention, the cyclic group is an aromatic compound (one or more benzene rings).
It is preferred that, on a molar basis, the analogue is in excess as regards the reporter group; it is highly preferred that there be at least ten times as much analogue as reporter group.
The analogue competes with the reporter group for non-specific binding sites. In the case of aurintricarDoxylic acid (ATA) used in conjunction with a nucleic acid probe, an additional mechanism may involve ATA binding to the active site of proteins that would bind the reporter group.
It is preferred that the analogue is selected so that it retains most or all of the structural features of the reporter group. The analogue may additionally have structural features not present in the probe.
Preferably, the analogue should be able to permeate a cell or virus. In the case of analogues that are aurin derivatives (rosolic acid derivatives), it is preferred that the analogues have, in addition to ATA, a polar functional group such as a-C02, -NH21 OH, or -SO3 group, on an aromatic group; examples are chromoxane cyanine R and Chrome Azurol S.
A subgroup of preferred analogues are those that block the NH2 groups on Iysines.
Fluorescent reporter groups are detected by allowing the reporter group to absorb energy and then emit some of the absorbed energy;
the emitted energy Is then detected.
Chemiluminescent reporter groups are detected by allowing them to enter Into a reaction, e.g., an enzymatic reaction, that results in energy in the form of light being emitted.
Other reporter groups, e.g., blotin, are detected because they can bind to groups such as streptavidin which are bound, directly or indirectiy, to enzymes, e.g., alkaline phosphatase or horseradish peroxidase that can catalyze a detectable reaction.
Fluorescent groups with which this process can be used include fluorescein lor FITC), coumarin, rhodamine, rhodamine derivatives inciuding Texas Red; and phycoerythrin.
Chemiluminescent groups with which this process can be used iriciude insoiuminol (or 4-aminophthalhydrazide; see catalogs of Aldrich Chemical Company or Molecular Probes, Inc.).
In one preferred embodiment of the process, when the reporter group is fluorescein, step (4) comprises measuring light emitted at wavelengths between about 520 nm and 560 nm (especially at about 520 nm), most preferably where the absorption wavelengths of step (3) are less than 520 nm.
A preferred embodiment of the fluorimetric process further comprises a wash step between the steps numbered (2) and (3). A wash step can be performed by centrifuging ttie cell out of the solution in which it is suspended, then suspending It in a wash solution, and then centrifuging It out of the wash solution. A wash solution is generally a probe-free solution.
In a particular embodiment of the process, the solution that is used in step (2) comprises a probe (comprising a reporter group), an analogue of the reporter group, a free radical scavenger and a fixative.
A fluorescent probe that binds to a target molecule is preferably one which binds to that target with high specificity. Preferably, a * trade-mark WO 94/02646 2140M P(.T/US93/06828 fluorescent probe is fluorescent dye covalently attached to a nucleic acid molecule, antibody or other molecule capable of binding specifically to a target molecule.
If an analogue is added to the cocktail, its preferred concentration is from 0.01 % to 0.5% w/v (especially about 0.05 to 0.01 %).
In another aspect, the invention is a kit for the detection of nucleic acids within a fetal cell in a specimen. Such a kit may include the following:
(1) A solution containing a fixation/hybridization cocktail and one or more labeled probes. For example and not by way of limitation, this solution may contain 50 mM guanidinium isothiocyante, 25-40% formamide, 31% PEG, 0.4 M DTT, 15X Ficoll/PVP, 50 2 mM EDTA, 1 mg/mI salmon sperm DNA, 50 mM Tris-acetate (pH 7-8), about 5% Triton X-100, and about 20 Ng/mI of a synthetic oligonucleotide probe directly labeled with a reporter molecule. This solution and the probes would have measurable predefined and identified characteristics and reactivities with cells and target sequences;and (2) Means and instructions for performing the hybridization reaction of the present invention.
Alternatively, the kit may also include:
(1) A second detectable reporter system which would react with the probe or the probe-target hybrid;
(2) Concentrated stock solution(s) to be used directly or to be diluted sufficiently to form wash solution(s);
(3) Any mechanical components which may be necessary or useful to practice the present invention such as a solid support (e.g., a microscope slide), an apparatus to affix cells to said support, or a device to assist with any incubations or washings of the specimens; and optionally (4) A photographic film or emulsion with which to record results of assays carried out with the present invention.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a kit for the detection of fetal hemoglobin within a specimen, without removal of maternal blood cells. A preferred version of this kit contains a means for detecting the HbF mRNA of fetal cells. Provided would be media for mounting slides of capillary blood smears, desirably Slide Mount A, Slide Mount B and Slide Mounting Solution.
Also provided would be a Wash Concentrate A, Wash Concentrate B and Fetal Hemoglobin Assay Solution. The concentrates mentioned herein are diluted in use to approximately the solution concentrations stated below in Exemplary Solutions.
Another aspect of the present invention would be a kit to enrich and detect fetal cells within a blood specimen, e.g. maternal or umbilical cord blood. Such, the kit may contain:
(1) One or more reagents to prepare a density gradient that concentrates fetal cells; -(2) Labeled antibodies to detect or separate fetal cells and/or probes specific for fetal cell mRNA (preferably fetal hemoglobin mRNA); and (3) Means and instructions for performing fetal cell enrichment.
Alternatively the kit may contain:
(1) One or more antibodies, desirably bound to a solid support and preferably bound to magnetic beads, to positively or negatively concentrate fetal cells within the specimen, preferably including an anti-CD45 antibody for negative selection of fetal erythrocytes; and (2) Probes specific for fetal cell mRNA, to detect fetal cells;
and (3) Means and instructions for performing fetal cell enrichment using density gradient centrifugation or flow cytometry; and optionally:
(4) One or more reagents to prepare a density gradient that concentrates fetal cells.
WO 94/02646 PG'I'/US93/06828 Advantageously either such of the two kits described immediately above may also be provided with means for detecting one or more target nucleic acid sequences within the fetal cells, by further including:
(2) A second detectable reporter system which would react with the probe or the probe-target hybrid;
(3) Concentrated stock solution(s) to be used directly or to be diluted sufficiently to form wash solution(s); and optionally:
(4) Any mechanical components which may be necessary or useful to practice the present invention such as a solid support (e.g., a microscope slide), an apparatus to affix cells to said support, or a device to assist with any incubations or washings of the specimens; and (5) A photographic film or emulsion with which to record results of assays carried out with the present invention.
Such a kit would optionally provide reagents and materials for use in an automated system for the performance of any of the methods of the present invention.
Table 1 contains the abbreviations and common names for various compounds and dyes mentioned herein.
Abbreviations and Common Names of Comnounds and Dyes Abbreviation Ql Common Name Comgound Tempo* 2,2,6,6-tetramethy[piperidine-N-oxyl (CAS # 2564-EDTA ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid DMF dimethyl formamide DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide DTT dithiothreitol PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone PEG 4000 polyethylene glycol (ca. 4000 Mol. Wt.) PBS phosphate-buffered saline solution ATA aurintricarboxylic acid (CAS # 4431-00-91 CHAPS 3-[(3-cholamidopropyll-dimethylammoniol-l-propane-sulfonate (CAS # 75621-03-31 photobiotin N-(4-azido-2-nitrophenyl)-N'-(3-biotinyiaminopropyl)-N'-methyl-l,3-propanediamine (CAS # 96087-37-51 Ficoll " nonionic polysucrose (Pliarmacia) Histopaque*1083 aseptically filtered solution containing Ficoll nonionic polysucrose (type 400) and sodium diatrizoate, density 1.083 Percoii colloidal PVP-coated silica (CAS # 65455-52-91 Nycodenz' 5-(N-2,3-dihydroxypropyiacetamido)-2,4,6-triiodo-N,N'-bis(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)isophthalamide (CAS
# 66108-95-01 * trade-mark Tween * polyoxyethylene sorbitan salts of fatty acids .
Sarkasy{ N-lauroyisarcosine, sodium salt (CAS+M 7631-98-31 .
Triton X-100. octyl phenoxy polyethylene glycol (a polyoxyethylene ethert(CAS # 9002-93-11 Brij 35 polyoxyethylene 23 lauryl ether (CAS # 9002-Brij*58 polyoxyethylene 20 cetyl ether (CAS # 9004-95-91 Tris tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane (CAS i 77-86-11 insoluminol 4-aminophthalhydrazide ICAS 3682-14-21 APTO 3-aminopropyltriethoxysitane (CAS # 919-30-21 DAPI 4',6-diamidino-2-phenylindole hydrochloride [CAS # 28718-90-31 BCIP 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate (CAS #
" trade-mark Dye abbreviations Dye Number Actual Dye Name Abbreviation 12 Naphthol Blue Black Naphthol BI. Blk.
13 Palatine Fast Black WAN Palatine F-B WAN
That ts, antibodies which recognize and bind to leukocytes are added In the aforesaid amountm, based on the expected number of leukocytes In the sample. Alternatively, antibodies which recognize and bind to trophoblasts are added in the aforesaid amount, based on the expected number of trophoblasts in the sample.
In a preferred embodiment of the present Invention, negative separation is employed. A particularly preferred negative separation Is performed by using antibody to CD45, hereinafter "anti-CD45," which selectively binds to white blood cells.
The anti-CD45 is desirably bonded to a solid support such as magnetic beads, which may be introduced into a test tube and shaken with the sample and then held in position at the side of the test tube by the application of a magnetic field, while liquid containing the un-bound sample Is removed. Such beads are available as Anti-CD45 immunomagnetic beads, Catalog No. 1178, from Amac, Inc., 160B larrabee Road, Wesbrook, ME
04092.
Aiternativeiy, one may obtain immunomagnetic beads from Calbiochem, 10933 N. Torrey Pines Road, La Jolla, CA, uncoated as catalog no. 400995, or coated with streptavidin as catalog no. 400996. Such beads may be coated by the user with antibodies to cell surface antigens found on cells which are desired to be removed from the fetal cells (when negative selection is being employed) or on the type of fetal cells which are desired to be concentrated (when positive selection is being employed).
Another bead which may be coated with antibody is an aqueous suspension of iron oxide particles coated to provide carboxyl groups, permitting the covalent attachment of biologically active molecules. Such beads, and a description of procedure for use, are available as BioMag Carboxyi Terminated, catalog no. 8-4125, Advanced Magnetics, Inc., Cambridge MA
1617) 497-2070.
* tnade-mark If desired, white blood ceils may be even more effectively removed by a combination of antibodies to CD45, CD13 and CD34. Anti-CD44 can also be inciuded in the mixture to remove contaminating maternal red blood cells. Addition of anti-CD31 can specifically remove the contaminating platelets. Such antibodies are available from various sources such as Amac, Inc. (see above), Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, NJ
07417-1884, and Zymed Laboratories, Inc., 458 Carlton Court, South San Francisco, CA. See Zymed's 1992 catalog at pages 10-13 and 71-72. See also W. Knapp, Eourth jr2ternatioBal Vyorkshop and Conference on Human eukocvtg Differentiation Antigens, Oxford University Press, 1989; and D.F.
Keren, Flow Cvtomgtry in Clinical Diagnosis, pp. 41-87 ASCP Press, Chicago, 1989.
Fetal cells may alternatively be Isolated from maternal peripheral blood by either density gradient centrifugation or by flow cytometry. Using flow cytometry, fetal cells may be identified and sorted, for example, by first using either a labeled antibody specific for a fetal cell antigen or by using a nucleic-acid-specific probe, e.g., a synthetic oiigonucieotide probe hybridizable to fetal cell RNA.
Concentration of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells In MaternaJBlood An example of a separation of fetal nucleated red blood cells (erythrocyte) is shown in Figure 3, consisting of parts 3A and 38. Each step Is schematically illustrated by a numbered box, and a component or container that appears in more than one step Is identified by the same reference numeral.
In step 10, draw twenty ml of maternal peripheral blood 18, e.g. into two conventional ten-mi EDTA anti-coagulation blood collection tubes 12 and 14, e.g. Vacutainer'-tubes. Alternatively, ten ml of umbilical cord blood is drawn. The blood is transferred into a fifty-mi centrifuge tube 16.
* trade-mark In step 20, the blood sample 18 Is mixed with fifteen ml of Cell Buffer A 22 to form a buffered sample 24. (See Exemplary Solutions, below.) Mix well.
In step 30, fifteen ml of a density-gradient separation reagent 32 having a density of about 1.083, e.g. Histopaque 1083, Is placed in a fifty-mi conical tube 34, and up to twenty ml of the buffered sample 24 Is carefully layered on the top of the density separation reagent. The density separation reagent may have a density from about 1.075 to about 1.095, preferably between 1.08 and 1.09.
In step 40, the conical tube 34 is centrifuged in a swinging-bucket rotor 36 at 700 x g for thirty minutes at room temperature. Arrow 38 shows the direction of centrifugal force being applied to tube 34 as Illustrated. If two containers of blood sample were provided initially, then prepare and process a second density separation tube for the remaining twenty mi of diluted blood, repeating steps 30 and 40 as to the second tube. If the sample Is umbilical cord blood, there would be only one such tube.
In step 50, aspirate off and discard the top serum/buffer layer 54. Discard this waste. The buffy coat 56 is the interface layer at the top of the density separation reagent 52, which contains both maternal and fetal white blood cells, nucleated red blood cells, and erythroblasts. Collect the buffy coat 56 by pipette 58 and transfer to a fresh fifty-mi conical tube 62.
If more than one tube 34 of density separation material were prepared for a singie patient, combine all interface layers 56 into a single fifty-ml conical tube 62.
in step 60, wash the collected cell layer with Cell Buffer A 22 by adding Cell Buffer A to the cells to make the volume forty-five ml.
In step 70, pellet the cells In tube 62 by centrifugation at 1000 rpm for ten minutes at room temperature.
In step 80, resuspend the cells, this time in one ml of Ceii Buffer B 82.
` trade-mark WO 94/02646 2~ ~ 0173 PCT/US93/06828 For step 90, prepare one hundred NI of anti-CD45 magnetic beads 94 in a 2-ml microcentrifuge tube 92 using aseptic technique as follows. (This preparation of the beads is not shown diagrammatically.) Wash the beads by adding 1.4 ml of Cell Buffer A, using a magnet to retain the beads on the side of the tube. Let the tube sit undisturbed for 5 minutes. Carefully remove the wash solution with a pipette. Remove the magnet. As shown in the diagram for step 90, add to the tube 92 the resuspended cells in tube 64 from step 70. Incubate at room temperature for ten minutes, mixing gently.
In step 100, apply a magnet, such as a magnetic support block illustrated diagrammatically as magnet 102, to retain the beads 94 against the side of the tube 92.
In step 110, remove and collect the liquid by pipette 112. The cell suspension 114 in pipette 112 contains the fetal cells. The cellular material 118 that remains with the beads 94 primarily contains maternal leukocytes.
Step 120 diagrammatically represents the transfer of the pipetting liquid 114 onto a microscope slide 162 from pipette 112. Such a transfer would generally be done by pipette. Alternatively, the washed fetal cell suspension may be transferred to a fresh tube (not shown), if hybridization in suspension is to be performed.
Alternatively, instead of using a bead having, for example, anti-CD45 bonded thereto (direct negative selection), one may react the specimen with anti-CD45 in solution and then remove the leucocytes, which have entered into an antigen-antibody ligand with the anti-CD45, by any means which separates such an antibody, and particularly by an antibody to an epitope of the CD45 molecule (indirect negative selection). Where the anti-CD45 is a mouse antibody, such a ligand-forming antibody may be, for example a sheep-antimouse IgG antibody bonded to substrate that is generally solid or otherwise able to facilitate removal of the ligand complex from solution, such as an antibody-coated magnetic bead, the coated well of a container, etc.
preuaration of Slides If slides are to be prepared, they are preferably made by the conventional cytospin technique. Alternatively they may be prepared as organosilanated slides.
For cytospun slides, 200 NI of the cell suspension 114 from step 110 Is cytospun onto each slide for five minutes at 500 rpm. Dip the cytospun slides in chilled 80% ethanoi/water (v/v) for five minutes. Air dry.
Alternatively, the cytospun slides may be fixed by directly applying 30 pl of ethanol/methanol (3:1 v/v) onto each slide.
To prepare organosilanated slides, Immerse clean slides for 2 minutes in a freshly prepared 2% (v/v) solution of an organosifane such as 3-aminopropyitriethoxysiiane (APTO) in acetone. Rinse the slides twice in water and air dry. For each 20 ml of maternal blood or 10 ml of umbilical cord blood used as the sample, resuspend the cell pellet in 50 pi of a fixative soiution, e.g. 80% ethanol/water or 3:1 ethanol/methanol. Spot 50 NI of this suspension on a slide and air dry the sample.
Flow Cytometrv A Coulter Profile ll*flow cytometer may be used to detect nucleic acids within fetal cells, using a PMT I setting of 1100 and a PMT 3 setting of 900. Color compensation, PMT 1 - PMT 3, may be 15%. An Epics Elite`system may be used to sort fetal cells out of a specimen, e.g., of maternal blood.
When fluorescein (generaiiy FITC) is the probe dye, the dye is first excited with light having a wavelength 488 nm and then the emitted light is measured. For the emitted light (for LFL1), a 540 bp (40) filter is used; i.e., only light with a wavelength between 520 nm and 560 nm is allowed to pass. The filter for LFL3 is a 635 long pass fiiter; i.e., it allows any light over 635 nm wavelength to pass.
* trade-mark A marker may be used to define the cell as a fetal cell, e.g., a trophoblast. Various antigens found at the surface of trophoblasts are known, and antibodies to such antigens are used as markers for identification and separation of such cells from maternal blood, other maternal cells or placental tissue. In the instant invention, an antibody to cytokeratin is a preferred fetal cell marker for trophoblasts. For example, antibodies to representative fetal cell markers may be used, such as:
(1) cytokeratin, (2),6-subunit of chorionic gonadotrophin, (3) fetal hemoglobin protein, (4) chorionic somatomammotropin protein (placental lactogen), (5) pregnancy-specific.8-glycoprotein, and (6) a-fetoprotein.
Various labeled antibodies to cytokeratin are available. These include CAM
5.2 from Becton Dickinson, Catalog No. 92-0005; and anti-cytokeratin 18-FITC from Sigma Chemical Company, Catalog No. F-4772 (antibody to cytokeratin 18). Most preferably, the antibody to cytokeratin is labeled with fluorescent moiety.
Even more preferably, fetal-cell-specific RNA sequences are used as fetal cell markers. Such sequences are transcripts of, e.g., the fetal hemoglobin gene, the cytokeratin gene, the 6-subunit of chorionic gonadotrophin gene, the chorionic somatomammotropin gene (placental lactogen), the pregnancy-specific,6-glycoprotein genes, the embryonic hemoglobin gene or the a-fetoprotein gene. The sequences of these genes and others may be obtained from the Genetic Sequence Data Bank, GenBank, version 69Ø A DNA probe, or population of probes, embodying any of these sequences is synthesized as an oligodeoxynucleotide using a commercial DNA synthesizer such as Model 380B from Applied Biosystems, Inc.. Foster City, CA, using reagents supplied by that company. Probes may be comprised of the natural nucleotide bases or known analogs of the natural nucleotide bases, including those modified to bind labeling moieties.
The novel methods of identifying fetal cells in a specimen using density gradient centrifugation utilize density gradient medium. Most preferably, the density gradient medium comprises colloidal .=
poiyvinyipyrrolidone-coated silica (e.g. Percol(-, nycodenz, a nonionic polysucrose (Ficoi171 either alone or with sodium diatrizoate (Ficoli-Paqueor Histopaquel, or mixtures thereof. The density of the reagent employed Is selected to preferentially separate the fetal cells of interest from other blood components.
The present invention permits detection of genetic abnormalities using a minimum number of fetal cells. Fetal cells may be obtained by amniocentesis, chorionic viili sampling or other standard methods known in ttie art. In one embodiment of the present invention, however, fetal cells are Isolated from maternal peripheral blood, avoiding the invasion of the uterine cavity and thus precluding injury to the mother or fetus. In another embodiment of the present invention, fetal cells are isolated from a percutaneous sample of umbilicai cord blood. The sensitivity of the present method permits drawing a smaller sample of umbilical cord blood. i.e.
preferably 1-2 ml, but optionally as little as 0.2 ml, than would need to be drawn using conventional fetal cell isolation and detection techniques.
Detection of Genetic Abnofmaiilies The genetic abnormalities detected by the present invention may be deletions, additions, amplifications, translocations or rearrangements.
For example, a deletion may be identified by detecting the absence of hybridizable binding of the probe to a target sequence. To detect a deletion of a genetic sequence, a population of probes are prepared that are complementary to the nucleic acid sequence that is present In a normal fetal cell but absent in an abnormal one. If the probes hybridize to the sequence in the cell being tested, then the sequence is detected and the cell is normal as to that sequence. If the probes fail to hybridize to cellular nucleic acid, then the sequence is not detected in that cell and the cell is designated as abnormal, provided that a control sequence, such as the X
chromosome, is detected in that cell.
An addition may be identified by detecting binding of a labeled probe to a polynucleotide repeat segment of a chromosome. To detect an * trade-mark WO 94/02646 ~ ~ ~ DZ7,$ PCI'/US93/06828 addition of a genetic sequence, such as an insertion in a chromosome or a karyotypic abnormality such as the trisomy of Chromosome 21 which indicates Down's Syndrome, a population of probes are prepared that are complementary to the genetic sequence in question. Continuing with the Down's Syndrome example, if the probes complementary to Chromosome 21 hybridize to three appearances of the Chromosome 21 sequence in the cell, then three occurrences of the Chromosome 21 sequence will be detected and indicate the Down's Syndrome trisomic condition. If the detection means is a fluorescent dye, for example, then three distinct points of fluorescence visible in each cell will indicate the trisomy condition.
As illustrated in Example 14, when an amplification of a particular DNA fragment is present, there is an increase in the intensity of the signal from a labeled probe for the sequence which is subject to amplification. Using any of a number of image analysis systems, this signal is quantified and compared to normal controls to determine whether or not a particular amplification mutation is present.
A translocation or rearrangement may be identified by several methods. For example, a labeled first probe may be bound to a marker region of a chromosome that does not translocate. A labeled second probe is then bound to a second region of the same chromosome (for a rearrangement) or a second chromosome (for a translocation) and subsequently binding of the first and second probes is detected.
Alternatively, a translocation may be identified by first binding a labeled probe to a marker region of a polynucleotide section of a chromosome that translocates or rearranges. Subsequently, binding of the labeled probe is detected.
For example, to detect a translocation, a marker for the chromosome in question is identified, and a population of probes are prepared that hybridize to it. They are marked with a detectable label, such as a dye that fluoresces at a particular wavelength. The sequence that translocates or rearranges in the abnormality being tested for is also identified, and second population of probes are prepared that identify it. The members of the second population of probes are marked with a distinguishably different label, such as a dye that fluoresces at a different wavelength from the first series of labeled probes. In situ hybridization is performed using both populations of probes, and the results of hybridization by each of the probe populations are compared. If the first and second labels are coincident on virtually all cell samples, no translocation has taken place. If the first label is found not to coincide with the second label on a significant fraction of samples, then a translocation or rearrangement has taken place. See, e.g., F. Speleman, Clinical Genetics 41(4):169-174 (1992);
J. W. Gray, Progress in Clinical & Biol. Res. 372:399-411 (1991).
Hybridization Fixative Ethanol, e.g. 80% ethanol/water (v/v), is desirably used as a fixative during preparation of the cells for in situ hybridization. Other useful precipitation fixatives include acetic acid, methanol, acetone, and combinations thereof, for example ethanol/methanol mixture 3:1. Other useful fixatives will be obvious to one skilled in the art. Fixatives and hybridization of fixed cells, in general, are discussed in U.S. Patent No. 5,225,326. Fixatives should provide good preservation of cellular morphology and preservation and accessibility of antigens, and high hybridization efficiency. Some salts, e.g. mercuric chloride, sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, potassium dichromate, potassium phosphate, ammonium bromide, calcium chloride, sodium acetate, lithium chloride, cesium acetate, calcium or magnesium acetate, potassium nitrate, potassium dichromate, sodium chromate, potassium iodide, sodium iodate, sodium thiosulfate, and extreme temperatures, such as waving a slide over a flame, may also function as fixatives.
The fixative may contain a compound which fixes the cellular components by cross-linking these materials together, for example, paraformaldehyde, glutaraldehyde or formaldehyde. Cross-linking agents, while preserving ultrastructure, often reduce hybridization efficiency by forming networks trapping nucleic acids and antigens and rendering them Inaccessible to probes and antibodies. Some cross-linking agents also covalently modify nucleic acids, preventing later hybrid formation.
!.lybridiza ion Solution Cog,nRonepi~
The hybridization solution may typicaliy comprise a chaotropic denaturing agent, a buffer, a pore-forming agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent.
The chaotropic denaturing agents include formamide, urea, thiocyanate, guanidine, trichloroacetate, tetramethyiamine, perchlorate, and sodium Iodide. Any buffer which maintains pFi at least between about 6.0 and about 8.5 and preferably between 7.0 and 8.0 may be utilized.
The pore-forming agent is, for instance, a detergent such as Bri}"
35, Brij 58, sodium dodecyl sulfate, CHAPS, Tweed, Sarkasylor Triton X-1007 Depending on the location of the target nucleic acid, the pore-forming agent is chosen to facilitate probe entry through plasma, nuclear membranes or cellular compartmental structures. For Instance, 0.05% Brij 35 or 0.1 % Triton X-100 wiil permit probe entry through the plasma membrane but not the nuclear membrane. Alternatively, sodium deoxycholate will allow probes to traverse the nuclear membrane. Thus, in order to restrict hybridization to the cytoplasmic nucleic acid targets, nuclear membrane pore-forming agents are avoided. Such selective subcellular localization contributes to ttie specificity and sensitivity of the assay by eliminating probe hybridization to complementary nuclear sequences when the target nucleic acid is located in the cytoplasm. Agents other than detergents, such as fixatives or salts, may serve this function.
Hybrid stabilizing agents such as salts of mono- and divalent cations are included in ttie hybridization solution to promote formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary sequences of the probe and its target nucleic acid. Preferably, sodium chloride at a concentration from 0.15 M to 1 M is used. In order to prevent non-specific binding of nucleic acid probes, nucleic acids unrelated to the target nucleic acids may desirably be added to the hybridization soiution.
* trade-mark Many types of solid supports may be utilized to practice the invention. Supports which may be utilized include, but are not limited to, glass, Scotch`tape 13M1, nylon, Gene Screen Plus (New England Nuclear) and nitrocellulose. Most preferably, glass microscope slides are used. The use of these supports and the procedures for depositing specimens thereon is obvious to those of skill in the art. The choice of support material will depend upon the procedure for visualization of cells and the quantitation procedure used. Some filter materials are not uniformly thick and, thus, shrinking and swelling during in situ hybridization procedures is not uniform.
In addition, some supports which autofluoresce will interfere with the determination of low level fluorescence. Glass microscope slides are most preferable as a solid support since they have high signal-to-noise ratios and can be treated to better retain tissue.
In one embodiment of the process, the target cell is immobilized on a solid surface (especially a glass slide). In another embodiment, the target cell is suspended in liquid during the entire process and not immobilized on a solid surface. Use of conventional flow cytometry instruments is especially facilitated with the present invention.
The process comprises the steps of:
(1) contacting ttie cells with a solution comprising a probe capable of binding to a target molecule In or on said cells, said contacting performed in a manner such that the probe binds to said target molecule so as to make that probe a cell-bound probe, said probe comprising a reporter group;
(2) contacting the cell with a solution comprising a structural analogue of the reporter group, (3) performing one or more steps that will detect the reporter group on the probe bound to the cell but that will not detect analogue bound to the cell, wherein step (1) takes place before step (2-, after step (2), or during step (2).
* trade-mairk WO 94/02646 2140Z7g PCT/US93/06828 Steps (1) and (2) are considered to take place simultaneously if the probe and the analogue are in the same solution.
Preferably, steps (1) and (2) are performed simultaneously by including the probe and the analogue in the same solution. In preferred embodiments, multiple probes for multiple target sequences are simultaneously hybridized. For example, probes for HbF mRNA and for human chromosome 21 are desirably included in the contacting step, and the reporter group on the probes for HbF mRNA is detectably different from the reporter group on the probes for chromosome 21.
In a subgeneric aspect of the invention, the reporter group is a cyclic compound. In a further subgeneric aspect of the invention, the cyclic group comprises an unsaturated bond. In a still narrower subgeneric aspect of the invention, the cyclic group is an aromatic compound (one or more benzene rings).
It is preferred that, on a molar basis, the analogue is in excess as regards the reporter group; it is highly preferred that there be at least ten times as much analogue as reporter group.
The analogue competes with the reporter group for non-specific binding sites. In the case of aurintricarDoxylic acid (ATA) used in conjunction with a nucleic acid probe, an additional mechanism may involve ATA binding to the active site of proteins that would bind the reporter group.
It is preferred that the analogue is selected so that it retains most or all of the structural features of the reporter group. The analogue may additionally have structural features not present in the probe.
Preferably, the analogue should be able to permeate a cell or virus. In the case of analogues that are aurin derivatives (rosolic acid derivatives), it is preferred that the analogues have, in addition to ATA, a polar functional group such as a-C02, -NH21 OH, or -SO3 group, on an aromatic group; examples are chromoxane cyanine R and Chrome Azurol S.
A subgroup of preferred analogues are those that block the NH2 groups on Iysines.
Fluorescent reporter groups are detected by allowing the reporter group to absorb energy and then emit some of the absorbed energy;
the emitted energy Is then detected.
Chemiluminescent reporter groups are detected by allowing them to enter Into a reaction, e.g., an enzymatic reaction, that results in energy in the form of light being emitted.
Other reporter groups, e.g., blotin, are detected because they can bind to groups such as streptavidin which are bound, directly or indirectiy, to enzymes, e.g., alkaline phosphatase or horseradish peroxidase that can catalyze a detectable reaction.
Fluorescent groups with which this process can be used include fluorescein lor FITC), coumarin, rhodamine, rhodamine derivatives inciuding Texas Red; and phycoerythrin.
Chemiluminescent groups with which this process can be used iriciude insoiuminol (or 4-aminophthalhydrazide; see catalogs of Aldrich Chemical Company or Molecular Probes, Inc.).
In one preferred embodiment of the process, when the reporter group is fluorescein, step (4) comprises measuring light emitted at wavelengths between about 520 nm and 560 nm (especially at about 520 nm), most preferably where the absorption wavelengths of step (3) are less than 520 nm.
A preferred embodiment of the fluorimetric process further comprises a wash step between the steps numbered (2) and (3). A wash step can be performed by centrifuging ttie cell out of the solution in which it is suspended, then suspending It in a wash solution, and then centrifuging It out of the wash solution. A wash solution is generally a probe-free solution.
In a particular embodiment of the process, the solution that is used in step (2) comprises a probe (comprising a reporter group), an analogue of the reporter group, a free radical scavenger and a fixative.
A fluorescent probe that binds to a target molecule is preferably one which binds to that target with high specificity. Preferably, a * trade-mark WO 94/02646 2140M P(.T/US93/06828 fluorescent probe is fluorescent dye covalently attached to a nucleic acid molecule, antibody or other molecule capable of binding specifically to a target molecule.
If an analogue is added to the cocktail, its preferred concentration is from 0.01 % to 0.5% w/v (especially about 0.05 to 0.01 %).
In another aspect, the invention is a kit for the detection of nucleic acids within a fetal cell in a specimen. Such a kit may include the following:
(1) A solution containing a fixation/hybridization cocktail and one or more labeled probes. For example and not by way of limitation, this solution may contain 50 mM guanidinium isothiocyante, 25-40% formamide, 31% PEG, 0.4 M DTT, 15X Ficoll/PVP, 50 2 mM EDTA, 1 mg/mI salmon sperm DNA, 50 mM Tris-acetate (pH 7-8), about 5% Triton X-100, and about 20 Ng/mI of a synthetic oligonucleotide probe directly labeled with a reporter molecule. This solution and the probes would have measurable predefined and identified characteristics and reactivities with cells and target sequences;and (2) Means and instructions for performing the hybridization reaction of the present invention.
Alternatively, the kit may also include:
(1) A second detectable reporter system which would react with the probe or the probe-target hybrid;
(2) Concentrated stock solution(s) to be used directly or to be diluted sufficiently to form wash solution(s);
(3) Any mechanical components which may be necessary or useful to practice the present invention such as a solid support (e.g., a microscope slide), an apparatus to affix cells to said support, or a device to assist with any incubations or washings of the specimens; and optionally (4) A photographic film or emulsion with which to record results of assays carried out with the present invention.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a kit for the detection of fetal hemoglobin within a specimen, without removal of maternal blood cells. A preferred version of this kit contains a means for detecting the HbF mRNA of fetal cells. Provided would be media for mounting slides of capillary blood smears, desirably Slide Mount A, Slide Mount B and Slide Mounting Solution.
Also provided would be a Wash Concentrate A, Wash Concentrate B and Fetal Hemoglobin Assay Solution. The concentrates mentioned herein are diluted in use to approximately the solution concentrations stated below in Exemplary Solutions.
Another aspect of the present invention would be a kit to enrich and detect fetal cells within a blood specimen, e.g. maternal or umbilical cord blood. Such, the kit may contain:
(1) One or more reagents to prepare a density gradient that concentrates fetal cells; -(2) Labeled antibodies to detect or separate fetal cells and/or probes specific for fetal cell mRNA (preferably fetal hemoglobin mRNA); and (3) Means and instructions for performing fetal cell enrichment.
Alternatively the kit may contain:
(1) One or more antibodies, desirably bound to a solid support and preferably bound to magnetic beads, to positively or negatively concentrate fetal cells within the specimen, preferably including an anti-CD45 antibody for negative selection of fetal erythrocytes; and (2) Probes specific for fetal cell mRNA, to detect fetal cells;
and (3) Means and instructions for performing fetal cell enrichment using density gradient centrifugation or flow cytometry; and optionally:
(4) One or more reagents to prepare a density gradient that concentrates fetal cells.
WO 94/02646 PG'I'/US93/06828 Advantageously either such of the two kits described immediately above may also be provided with means for detecting one or more target nucleic acid sequences within the fetal cells, by further including:
(2) A second detectable reporter system which would react with the probe or the probe-target hybrid;
(3) Concentrated stock solution(s) to be used directly or to be diluted sufficiently to form wash solution(s); and optionally:
(4) Any mechanical components which may be necessary or useful to practice the present invention such as a solid support (e.g., a microscope slide), an apparatus to affix cells to said support, or a device to assist with any incubations or washings of the specimens; and (5) A photographic film or emulsion with which to record results of assays carried out with the present invention.
Such a kit would optionally provide reagents and materials for use in an automated system for the performance of any of the methods of the present invention.
Table 1 contains the abbreviations and common names for various compounds and dyes mentioned herein.
Abbreviations and Common Names of Comnounds and Dyes Abbreviation Ql Common Name Comgound Tempo* 2,2,6,6-tetramethy[piperidine-N-oxyl (CAS # 2564-EDTA ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid DMF dimethyl formamide DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide DTT dithiothreitol PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone PEG 4000 polyethylene glycol (ca. 4000 Mol. Wt.) PBS phosphate-buffered saline solution ATA aurintricarboxylic acid (CAS # 4431-00-91 CHAPS 3-[(3-cholamidopropyll-dimethylammoniol-l-propane-sulfonate (CAS # 75621-03-31 photobiotin N-(4-azido-2-nitrophenyl)-N'-(3-biotinyiaminopropyl)-N'-methyl-l,3-propanediamine (CAS # 96087-37-51 Ficoll " nonionic polysucrose (Pliarmacia) Histopaque*1083 aseptically filtered solution containing Ficoll nonionic polysucrose (type 400) and sodium diatrizoate, density 1.083 Percoii colloidal PVP-coated silica (CAS # 65455-52-91 Nycodenz' 5-(N-2,3-dihydroxypropyiacetamido)-2,4,6-triiodo-N,N'-bis(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)isophthalamide (CAS
# 66108-95-01 * trade-mark Tween * polyoxyethylene sorbitan salts of fatty acids .
Sarkasy{ N-lauroyisarcosine, sodium salt (CAS+M 7631-98-31 .
Triton X-100. octyl phenoxy polyethylene glycol (a polyoxyethylene ethert(CAS # 9002-93-11 Brij 35 polyoxyethylene 23 lauryl ether (CAS # 9002-Brij*58 polyoxyethylene 20 cetyl ether (CAS # 9004-95-91 Tris tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane (CAS i 77-86-11 insoluminol 4-aminophthalhydrazide ICAS 3682-14-21 APTO 3-aminopropyltriethoxysitane (CAS # 919-30-21 DAPI 4',6-diamidino-2-phenylindole hydrochloride [CAS # 28718-90-31 BCIP 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate (CAS #
" trade-mark Dye abbreviations Dye Number Actual Dye Name Abbreviation 12 Naphthol Blue Black Naphthol BI. Blk.
13 Palatine Fast Black WAN Palatine F-B WAN
20 Sulforhodamine 101 hydrate [CAS # 60311-02-6]
Sulforhodamine 101 Texas Red Sulforhodamine 101 acid chloride [CAS# 82354-19-6]
Direct Blue 53 Evans Blue [CAS # 314-13-61 ---- Fluorescein isothiocyanate FITC
Hoechst 33258 2'-[4-hydroxyphenyl]-5-[4-methyl-1-piperazinyl]-2,5'-bi-1 H-benzimidazole trihydrochloride [CAS #
23491-45-4]
Natural Black 1 Hematoxylin [CAS # 517-28-21 --Acid Red 91 Eosin B[CAS # 548-24-31 --Sigma 840-10 Nitroblue Tetrazolium NBT
Exemplary Solutions The following solutions may be used in the performance of the present invention.
Cell Buffer A (as diluted for use): 0.8% BSA, 0.1 %
dextrose, 0.1 % sodium azide in PBS.
Cell Buffer B (as diluted for use): 2% BSA, 0.1 %
dextrose, 0.1 % sodium azide in PBS.
Fixation solution: 4 volumes ethanol, 5 volumes of PBS, 1 volume of glacial acetic acid.
Hybridization cocktail: 5 x SSC (0.75 M NaCI, 0.075 M
sodium citrate); 30% formamide (v/v); 3% Triton X-100 (v/v); 0.4 M guanidinium isothiocyanate; 0.16 M sodium phosphate (pH 6); 15 x Ficoll/PVP; 1 mg/mI sheared salmon or herring sperm DNA; 10 mM
EDTA; 25 mM DTT; 31 % PEG 4000.
~f~J
WO 94/02646 214Fi P(.'T/US93/06828 For hybridization cocktails used with a nucleic acid probe, the temperature for the hybridization reaction is within the range of about 20 C and about 90 C, preferably about 37 C and about 85 C, and most preferably about 40 C and about 46 C. The time of the hybridization reaction is between 5 minutes and 16 hours, and preferably is less than 4 hours. More preferably, the time of the hybridization reaction is less than 120 minutes, even more preferably less than 60 minutes. Most preferably, the reaction time is less than 30 minutes.
Wash Solution #1 has the following composition: 0.4 M
guanidinium isothiocyanate; 0.1 % Triton X-100 (v/v); and 0.1 x SSC
in deionized water.
Wash Solution #2 has the following composition: 0.1 %
Triton X-100 (v/v) and 0.1 x SSC in deionized water. (SSC has the following composition: 0.15 M NaCI, 0.15 M sodium citrate, pH 7Ø
2 x SSC is composed so that upon a 1:1 dilution with water, SSC
would be produced; 10 x SSC is composed so that upon a 1:10 dilution with water, SSC would be produced.) PBS has the formula, 0.136 M NaCI, 0.003M KCI, 0.008M Na2HP04 = 7H20, 0.001 M KH2PO4.
If a dye-labeled antibody is used as the probe, then the probe may be dissolved in PBS, possibly supplemented with bovine serum albumin (BSA), while it is allowed to react with target cells, preferably at a temperature in the range 4 C to 34 C. The cells need not be fixed (e.g., when the antibody target is a cell-surface antigen), or may be fixed after the probe-target incubation is completed, or may be fixed prior to or during the probe-target incubation.
The mounting solution may be 50% PBS/50% glycerol (v/v), 0.1 % 1,4-phenylenediamine (as an antifade) and 1 Ng/mI of Hoechst 33258 or DAPI (dye).
Probes The probes may be DNA or RNA or synthetic analogues to DNA or RNA. The probe is capable of binding to a complementary or mirror-image target cellular genetic sequence through one or more types of chemical bonds, usually through hydrogen bond formation. In general, the DNA or RNA probes may be composed of the bases adenosine, uridine, thymidine, guanine, cytosine, or any natural or artificial chemical derivatives thereof. The phosphate backbone is linked via ribose or deoxyribose, or an analog or derivative thereof.
Nucleic acid probes can be prepared by a variety of methods known to those of skill in the art. The probes may be oligonucleotides synthesized on an Applied Biosystems (A.B.I.) DNA synthesizer Model 380 using the recommended A.B.I. reagents.
In the last stage of the synthesis, an aminohexyl phosphate linker is desirably attached to the 5' end of the probes for the fetal-cell-specific marker, and preferably to both the 5' and 3' ends of the probes for the other sequences to be detected, e.g.
chromosomal sequences. The 5'- or 5',3'- aminohexyl oligonucleotides are then respectively coupled to a selected dye and purified by HPLC.
However, as illustrated in Examples below, even if only a single fluorescent label is attached to the probes, fluorescence may be detected by visual microscopy.
Purified single-stranded DNA probes may alternatively be produced by the use of single-stranded phage M13 or plasmid derivatives of this phage, or by reverse transcription of a purified RNA
template.
Detection Systems Detectable labels may be any molecule which may be detected. Commonly used detectable labels are radioactive labels including, but not limited to, 32P, '4C, 1251, 3H and 35S. Biotin labeled nucleotides can be incorporated into DNA or RNA by nick translation, WO 94/02646 ct 14(j 273 PCT/US93/06828 enzymatic, or chemical means. The biotinylated probes are detected after hybridization using avidin/streptavidin, fluorescent, enzymatic or colloidal gold conjugates. Nucleic acids may also be labeled with other fluorescent compounds, with immunodetectable fluorescent derivatives or with biotin analogues. Nucleic acids may also be labeled by means of attaching a protein. Nucleic acids cross-linked to radioactive or fluorescent histone HI, enzymes (alkaline phosphatase and peroxidases), or single-stranded binding (ssB) protein may also be used. To increase the sensitivity of detecting the colloidal gold or peroxidase products, a number of enhancement or amplification procedures using silver solutions may be used.
An indirect fluorescent immunocytochemical procedure may also be utilized (Rudkin and Stollar (1977) Nature 265:472; Van Prooijen, et al (1982) Exp.Cell.Res. 141:397). Polyclonal antibodies are raised against RNA-DNA hybrids by injecting animals with poly(rA)-poly(dT). DNA probes are hybridized to cells in situ and hybrids ae detected by incubation with the antibody to RNA-DNA
hybrids.
Probes may be detectably labeled prior to addition to the hybridization solution. Alternatively, a detectable label may be selected which binds to the hybridization product. Probes may be labeled with any detectable group for use in practicing the invention.
Such detectable group can be any material having a detectable physical or chemical property. Such detectable labels have been well-developed in the field of immunoassays, and in general, most any label useful in such methods can be applied to the present invention.
Particularly useful are enzymatically active groups, such as enzymes (see Clin. Chem., 22:1243 (1976)), enzyme substrates (see British Patent Spec. 1,548,741), coenzymes (see U.S. Patents Nos.
4,230,797 and 4,238,565) and enzyme inhibitors (see U.S. Patent No. 4,134,792); fluorescers (see Clin. Chem., 25:353 (1979);
chromophores; luminescers such as chemiluminescers and bioluminescers (see Clin. Chem., 25:512 (1979)); specifically bindable ligands; proximal interacting pairs; and radioisotopes such as 3H, 355, 32P, 1251 and 14C.
Probe Size. Pooulation and Concentration The length of a probe affects its diffusion rate, the rate of hybrid formation, and the stability of hybrids. According to the present invention, small probes (15-200 bases, and preferably 15-100, most preferably 15-30) yield the most sensitive, rapid and stable system. A mixture of small probes as aforesaid which span the entire length of the target nucleic acid to be detected are desirably prepared.
For example, if the target nucleic acid were 1000 bases long, up to about 40 "different" probes of 25 bases would be used in the hybrid solution to completely cover all regions of the target nucleic acid.
A particularly advantageous configuration of probes is to prepare a population of probes to a selected target sequence as follows: A first probe hybridizes to bases 1 to 25 of the sequence. A
second probe hybridizes to bases 31 to 55 of the sequence. A third probe hybridizes to bases 61 to 85 of the sequence, and so on, wherein the beginning of each succeeding probe is spaced apart 5 bases from the end of the preceding probe. It has been found that such a configuration wherein 5 bases are skipped between each 25-mer probe provides optimal hybridization results and signal, when employed in hybridizations in accordance with the present invention.
The concentration of the probe affects several parameters of the in situ hybridization reaction. High concentrations are used to increase diffusion, to reduce the time of the hybridization reaction, and to saturate the available cellular sequences. To achieve rapid reaction rates while maintaining high signal-to-noise ratios, probe concentrations of 0.005-100 Ng/mI are preferable. Most preferable is use of probes at a concentration of about 0.01 Ng/mI.
Detection of Specific Genetic Abnormalities Among the genetic abnormalities that may be detected by the tests of the present invention are Down's Syndrome (trisomy 21), Turner's Syndrome (XO chromosomes), Klinefelter's Syndrome (XXY
chromosomes), Edward's Syndrome (trisomy 18) and Patau Syndrome (trisomy 13).
The following examples are offered by way of illustration and are not intended to limit the invention in any manner.
The Use of Chromosome-Specific Probes to Determine the Numerical Status of Specific Chromosomes in Amniocytes Preparation of Cells Two ml of amniotic fluid was diluted to 10 ml with PBS
and centrifuged at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes. The resultant cell pellet was suspended in 1000 NI of ethanol and methanol (v:v, 3:1). Two hundred NI of sample was deposited on each slide by the cytospin method.
Preparation of Probes Several 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide probes were prepared from each of the DNA sequences listed in Table 2.
Probe Chromosome GenBank Designation Detected Locus Name Alpha-centromeric repeat X HUMSATAX
Atpha-centromeric repeat Y HUMSATB
Alpha-centromeric repeat 18 HUMREPA84 Probe Synthesis & Labeling The oligodeoxynucleotides were synthesized (Applied Biosystems, Inc. DNA Synthesizer Model 380B) using the recommended A.B.I. reagents, and in the last stage an aminohexyl phosphate linker was attached to the 5' end. The 5'-aminohexyl oligodeoxynucleotides were then coupled to a rhodamine dye from Molecular Probes, Inc. and purified by Waters HPLC using a baseline 810 chromatography work station.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, the cells were deposited onto slides. Twenty to 25 NI of a hybridization cocktail consisting of 30% formamide, 5 x SSC, 0.1 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, 100 Ng/mI low molecular weight, denatured, salmon or herring sperm DNA, 10% (v/v) Triton X-100, 10% DMSO, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, 0.4 M
guanidinium isothiocyanate, 10 mM DTT, and 0.025 M EDTA and the probe, added at a concentration of 20 Ng/mi. Denaturation and hybridization were carried out simultaneously by placing the slides in an incubator for 15 minutes at 85 C.
Three separate hybridization solutions were prepared.
The first solution contained a probe for the X chromosome; the second, a probe for the Y chromosome; the third, a probe for chromosome 18.
Washing Washing of the slides after the hybridization reaction is essential to eliminate background due to non-specific binding of the probe. Post-hybridization, the slides were placed in a Coplin jar to which was added 100 ml of the Wash Solution #1. The solution was agitated and held in this solution for 2 minutes. This wash solution was removed and Wash Solution #2 was added. This second wash solution was agitated for 5 seconds and poured off. The washing procedure with Wash Solution #2 was repeated six times. Then 15 NI
WO 94/02646 214O2 8 PCf/US93/06828 of Mounting solution, containing 0.1 % 1,4-phenylenediamine (as an antifade) in 50% glycerol and 1 Ng/mI Hoechst 33258 (counterstain dye) was added.
Fluorescence Detection Photomicrographs were taken on an Olympus BH10 microscope with fluorescence capabilities, using Kodak Ektachrome EES-135 (PS 800/1600) film, exposed, and push processed at 1600 ASA. A 30 to 60 second exposure time was consistently used, so that direct comparisons could be made between all photomicrographs taken.
As shown in Figure 1 A, a single point of fluorescence (a "dot") is visible in the nucleus of male amniocytes when the Y probe was used. Figure 1A: the top panel is a photograph (40X
magnification) of two Hoechst stained nuclei while the bottom panel is the fluorescent photograph (100X magnification) of these same two cells. Figure 1 B shows a female amniocyte with 2 dots visible in the nuclei when the X probe was used: the top panel is a photograph of a Hoechst stained nuclei (40X magnification) while the bottom panel is the photograph of this same cell viewed with fluorescence (100X
magnification). There are two dots in the nucleus when a probe for chromosome 18 was used (Figure 1C). Figure 1C: the top panel is a photograph of a Hoechst stained nucleus, while the bottom is a fluorescent view. Thus, there are the "normal" number of X, Y and 18 chromosomes present in these amniocytes.
Simultaneous Detection of Numerical Status of X and Y
Chromosomes in Amniocytes and in Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells Preoaration of Cells Two ml of amniotic fluid was diluted to 10 ml with PBS
and centrifuged at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes. The resultant cell pellet was suspended in 800 NI of ethanol and methanol (v:v, 3:1). Two hundred NI of the sample was deposited on each slide by the cytospin method. In addition, approximately 5,000 peripheral blood mononuclear cells obtained from a normal male were deposited on a slide by the cytospin method.
Prenaration of Probes Several 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide probes were prepared from each of the DNA sequences listed in Table 3.
Probe Chromosome GenBank Fluorescent Designation Detected Locus Label Name Alpha-centromeric repeat X HUMSATAX Rhodamine Alpha-centromeric repeat Y HUMSATB Fluorescein Probe Svnthesis. & Labeling The oligodeoxynucleotides were synthesized as aforesaid, and in the last stage, an aminohexyl phosphate linker was attached to the 5' end. The 5'-aminohexyl oligodeoxynucleotide probes for each of the above chromosomes were each coupled to a different fluorescent dye as indicated in Table 3 above. The fluorescent dyes were obtained from Molecular Probes, Inc. and purified by a Waters HPLC using a baseline 810 chromatography work station.
Hvbridization, Washing and Detection These steps were performed in Example 1.
Results In this experiment, the X chromosome probe was labeled with rhodamine while the Y chromosome probe was labeled with FITC, and both probes were added to the same hybridization cocktail and taken through the above procedure. In Figure 2A, the top panel is a photograph of the Hoechst stained nucleus of an amniocyte and the bottom panel is a photograph of the fluorescence demonstrating one bright dot (X chromosome) and one bright dot (Y chromosome) in the nucleus. Figure 2B is a photograph of three additional amniocytes as photographed in Figure 2A.
Figure 2C demonstrates the results obtained using this same hybridization cocktail and normal male peripheral blood mononuclear cells when the photograph is taken through a triple band (DAPI-FITC-rhodamine) filter set. This photograph again shows one bright dot and one bright dot for the X and Y chromosomes, respectively, on the Hoechst stained background. Figure 2D is a photograph of a pseudo color representation of the cells in Figure 2C
using an image analysis system (BioScan Optimas'", Edmonds, Washington).
Use of Chromosome-Specific Probes to Determine the Number of Chromosomes in Embryos Prepared for In Vitro Fertilization or in Fetal Cells Obtained From Chorionic Villi Preparation of Cells Cells from non-viable embryos prepared for in vitro fertilization, cells from products of conception, and cells from chorionic villi, are accessed in a standard fashion, and deposited onto glass slides.
Preparation Of Probes Several 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide probes are prepared from each of the DNA sequences listed below in Table 4.
WO 94/02646 PC,T/US93/06828 Probe Chromosome GenBank Fluorescent Designation Detected Locus Label Name Alpha-centromeric repeat X HUMSATAX Rhodamine Atpha-centromeric repeat Y HUMSATB Fluorescein Alpha-centromeric repeat 18 HUMREPA84 Coumarin Alpha-centromeric repeat 16 HUMASATD Rhodamine Amyloid 21 HUMAMYB Rhodamine Collagen type IV 13 HUMCOLI A Fluorescein Human satellite DNA 1 HUMSAT31 Rhodamine Human satellite DNA 1 HUMSAT32 Rhodamine Human satellite DNA 1 HUMSAT33 Rhodamine Probe Synthesis & Labelin4 The oligodeoxynucleotides are synthesized, and in the last stage an aminohexyl phosphate linker is attached to the 5' and 3' ends. The 5',3'-aminohexyl oligodeoxynucleotide probes for each of the above chromosomes are each coupled to a different fluorescent dye as indicated in Table 4 above. The fluorescent dyes may be obtained from Molecular Probes, Inc. and purified by a Waters HPLC.
Hvbridization. Washing and Detection These steps are performed as in Example 1.
To photograph the four fluorochromes used to label four of the differently labeled probes, four different filter cubes, having the appropriate excitation and emission filters, are used on the microscope. Photographs are then taken sequentially following the change of each filter cube.
Alternatively, dual- and triple-filter sets available from Chroma Tech, Inc., of Brattleboro, Vermont; and from Omega, Inc., of Brattleboro, Vermont may be used to allow the operator to photograph two or three different colors simultaneously (as demonstrated in Example 2 above). A color tv camera may optionally be used.
A single probe may be detected within a single cell as by the procedure used in Example 1. Two probes may be detected and viewed and photographed by the procedure used in Example 2. Three or more may be detected if reporter molecules fluorescing at differently detectable wavelengths are used. As many different probes may be differentiated as the number of different fluorescent dyes can be distinguished by the available light filter systems.
In the foregoing examples, when the fetal cell has a normal male karyotype, there is a single point of orange fluorescence (a "dot") in the nucleus of the fetal cell when the X probe is used; a single green dot when the Y probe is used; while there were two blue dots when a probe for chromosome 18 were used; two red dots when a probe for chromosome 16 is used; two orange dots when a probe for chromosome 21 is used; and 2 green dots when the probe for chromosome 13 is used, and two orange dots when a probe for chromosome 1 is used. These are the results for a male fetus with the "normal" number of chromosomes present.
Detection of Fetal Cells by DNA Probes A. Enrichment of Fetal Trophoblasts Circulating in Maternal Blood Using a Sorting Flow Cytometer and Fetal Cell Identification Probes Preoaration of Cells Isolated white blood cells from a pregnant woman are used in the following example. The cells are washed with nuclease-free PBS and placed in a single cell suspension at a concentration that results in clearly separated cells. The cells are spun down to a pellet and the supernatant decanted. The cells are resuspended in 0.5%
paraformaldehyde and left for 12-16 hours at 4 C. After fixation, the WO 94/02646 PC1'/US93/06828 214OZ`3 cells are spun to remove the paraformaidehyde and then washed once in PBS and resuspended in 2 x SSC. The cells are used immediately.
Preparation of Probes A. Genetic Testing Probes For a negative control probe, a 25-base sequence from the nitrogen reductase (NR) gene sequence is used (Table 5). For a positive control probe, a 25-base sequence from the 28S gene is used (Table 5).
The genetic testing probes are oligodeoxynucleotides complementary to regions of human chromosomes X, Y, 13, 16, 18 and 21. The details of selection, preparation and labeling of these probes are included in Table 6 below.
B. Fetal cell identification probes.
The fetal cell identification probes (Table 6B) are accessed via the Genetic Sequence Data Bank, GenBank, version 69.0 and prepared from the following gene sequences:
(1) fetal hemoglobin gene, (2) cytokeratin gene, (3) fl-subunit of chorionic gonadotrophin, (4) chorionic somatomammotropin gene (human placental lactogen), (5) a-fetoprotein gene, and (6) pregnancy-specific glycoprotein genes.
The aforesaid sequences are cut into 25-mer oligodeoxynucleotides and synthesized by a DNA synthesizer as aforesaid, and in the last stage an aminohexyl phosphate linker is attached to the 5'-end of each oligonucleotide. The 5'-aminohexyl oligodeoxynucleotides are then coupled to the fluorescent dye FITC
and purified by column chromatography and HPLC.
Control Probes Probe Sequence Designation 28S ATCGAGTAGTGGTATTTCACCGGC SEQ ID NO:1:
NR TACGCTCGATCCAGCTATCAGCCGT SEQ ID NO:2:
Genetic Testing Probes Probe Chromosome GenBank Fluorescent Designation Detected Locus Label Name Alpha-centromeric repeat X HUMSATAX Rhodamine Alpha-centromeric repeat Y HUMSATB Rhodamine Alpha-centromeric repeat 18 HUMREPA84 Rhodamine Collagen type IV 13 HUMCOLI A Rhodamine Amyloid 21 HUMAMYB Rhodamine Fragile X X mut. Fluorescein The Fragile X condition, an amplification, is detected by the probe of SEa ID NO :3:, which is further exemplified below in Example 14.
2140r?3 Fetal Cell Identification Probes Probe GenBank Fluorescent Designation Locus Label Name Fetal Hemoglobin HUMGLBN Fluorescein Human Cytokeratin HUMCYTOK Fluorescein HCG HUMCG3B Fluorescein HCG HUMCG6BA Fluorescein HCG HUMCG7B2 Fluorescein HCG HUMCGB Fluorescein Human Somatomammotropin HUMCS1,3 Fluorescein Alpha Fetoprotein HUMAFP Fluorescein Pregnancy-specific a-glycoprotein Fluorescein Transferrin Receptor HUMTFRR Rhodamine Embryonic Hemoglobin e chain CY5 Embryonic Hemoglobin Cchain CY3 Hybridization For the hybridization procedure using the fetal cell identification probes, to pelleted cells is added 50 NI of a hybridization cocktail consisting of 30% formamide, 5 x SSC, 0.16 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, 1 Ng/NI sheared DNA, 3% (v/v) Triton X-100, 5% PEG 4000, 25 mM DTT, 0.4 M guanidinium isothiocyanate, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, and the probe (a mixture of the fetal cell identification probes) added at a concentration of 2.5 Ng/mI. Hybridizations are carried out in a humidified environment at 42 C for 30 minutes.
Washin4 Post-hybridization, the cells are placed in a 15-mI conical tube to which is added 10 ml of Wash Solution #1. The solution is agitated until the cells are a single-cell suspension and then spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant is removed and 10 ml of Wash Solution #2 is added to the pellet. The second wash solution is agitated until the cells are a single-cell suspension. The cells are again spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant is removed and the cell pellet resuspended in 0.2 ml of a counterstain solution of PBS
containing 0.0025% Evans Blue.
Flow Cytometer Use and Interoretation The cells are analyzed on a Epics Elite sorting flow cytometer (Coulter Instruments). The instrument uses a 488 nm argon laser, a 525 nm band pass for FL1 and a 635 nm long pass filter for the counterstain. For each sample analyzed, the sample containing the negative probe is analyzed first and the quad-stats are set so that less than 0.05% of the cells fall in the upper-right quadrant. Next, the sample hybridized with the positive probe is analyzed under the same parameters as the sample sorted with the negative probe. Cells that fall in the upper right quadrant are collected and are hybridized to determine fetal genetic characteristics.
Results In this experiment, NR is used as a negative control probe while the fetal cell identification probes are the positive probes, and would identify the fetal cells that circulate in maternal blood. The fetal cells would, in turn, be "sorted" as described above then deposited onto glass slides. The fetal cells would then be analyzed with the genetic testing probes as described in Examples 1 and 2.
B. Detection of mRNA to Fetal Hemoglobin To further illustrate and exemplify a probe population prepared for use with the present invention, the following details are provided for the first entry in Table 6B. SEQ ID N0:4: is a 443-nucleotide sequence of three fragments taken from GenBank for the HUMGLBN gene. Bases 1 to 91 of SEQ ID N0:4: are from 2179 to 2269 of HUMGLBN. Bases 92 to 314 of SEQ ID N0:4: are from 2393 to 2615 of HUMGLBN. Bases 315 to 443 are from 3502 to 3630 of 21~OP, 73 HUMGLBN. The population of DNA probes complementary to the target mRNA that is transcribed in the cell from SEQ ID N0:4: is prepared in accordance with the teachings herein.
More specifically, the sequences of the members of the population of probes are provided as SEQ ID NO:5: through SEQ ID
NO:21:, each of which is a 25-mer oligonucleotide of DNA which is complementary to the mRNA target, which is transcribed from the genetic locus named above and more specifically exemplified as SEQ
ID NO:4:. Each such probe is synthesized and labelled at 5' with FITC
as described herein.
Figure 5 is a photomicrograph showing fetal nucleated red blood cells enriched within a maternal peripheral blood sample prepared in accordance with the procedure of Figure 3 and hybridized to the probe population described above. Cells with gray nuclei and distinctive morphology are fetal nucleated red blood cells. - Cells lacking nuclei are fetal erythrocytes or fetal reticulocytes which still contain fetal hemoglobin mRNA.
C. Optional Detection of Multiple RNAs to Increase Specificitv of Fetal Cell Identification As stated above, there are situations where fetal cells express two or more particular RNAs in the same cell while maternal cells from the same specimen source do not contain both RNA species in the same cell. Multiple mRNA or hnRNA species are detected simultaneously in the same cell when only the unique set of RNAs is present, so that a specific signal is detected, which uniquely identifies fetal cells.
Prior to use, cells in suspension are washed with chilled PBS and mixed thoroughly to ensure a single-cell suspension.
In the present Example, the combination of RNAs which is targeted is human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) and transferrin receptor (TR). Although either of these genes is expressed in certain types of maternal cells, the cells which normally express these genes do not circulate in the bloodstream, and no single type of maternal cell expresses both of the genes. However, fetal trophoblasts express both of these genes simultaneously in the same cell.
One or more 25-mer oligonucleotide DNA probes for the sequences for HCG identified in Table 6B is prepared and labeled with fluorescein. One or more 25-mer oligonucleotide DNA probes for the sequence for TR identified in Table 6B is prepared, labeled with rhodamine.
A sample of maternal peripheral blood is washed with chilled PBS and mixed thorougly to ensure a single-cell suspension placed as a smear on a microscope slide. A hybridization is performed as stated above, with probes for HCG and TR.
The signal produced in the fetal trophoblast cells is an additive combination of the green from fluorescein and the red from rhodamine, to yield a 2x signal, which appears yellow-orange.
The Use Of Synthetic Oligonucleotides As Probes For Both Strands Of DNA As Targets For Hybridization Oligomers prepared to both strands of a DNA target produce about twice the signal when compared to the signal produced when probe is made to only one strand of the DNA. In addition, the ability to hybridize to both DNA strands allows simultaneous quantitation of the amount of DNA and RNA within individual cells.
Preparation of Cells The H9 cell line (ATCC No. 8543) is used in the following experiment. Cultured cells are washed with nuclease-free PBS and placed in a single-cell suspension at a concentration that results in clearly separated cells. The cells are spun down to a pellet and the supernatant decanted. The cells are resuspended in 40% ethanol, 50% PBS, and 10% glacial acetic acid. The cells are used immediately.
Probe GenBank Fluorescent Molecular Designation Locus Label Probes, Inc.
Name Cat. #
HIV - sense strand HUMHB102 FITC 1-3 HIV - antisense strand HUMHB102 rhodamine derivative T488 Probe Synthesis, & Labeling The aforementioned HIV sequences are cut into 30-base oligonucleotides and synthesized as phosphorothioate oligonucleotides using DNA synthesizers (Applied Biosystem DNA Synthesizer, Model 380B) and using the recommended A.B.I. reagents. The polysulfurized oligonucleotides are then coupled to a fluorescent dye and purified by column chromatography and HPLC. A 30-base oligonucleotide from the nitrogen reductase gene serves as the negative control probe.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, to pelleted cells is added 50 NI of an hybridization cocktail consisting of 30% formamide, 5 x SSC, 0.16 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, 1 Ng/NI sheared DNA, 3% (v/v) Triton X-100, 5% PEG 4000, 25 mM DTT, 0.4 M
guanidinium isothiocyanate, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, and the probe added at a concentration of 2.5 Ng/mI. Hybridizations are carried out in a humidified environment at 42 C for 30 minutes.
Washin4 Post-hybridization, the cells are placed in a 15 ml conical tube to which is added 10 ml of a wash solution, consisting of 0.1 x SSC, 0.4 M guanidinium isothiocyanate, and 0.1 % Triton X-100 WO 94/02646 214Q2`8 PCT/US93/06828 (Wash Solution #1) at a temperature of 42 C. The solution is agitated until the cells are a single-cell suspension and then spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant is removed and to the pellet is added 10 ml of Wash Solution #2 at a temperature of 42 C. The solution is agitated until the cells are a single cell suspension. The cells are spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant is removed and the cell pellet resuspended in 0.2 ml counterstain solution consisting of 0.0025% Evans Blue in PBS.
Flow Cvtometer Use and Interoretation The cells are analyzed on a FACSTAR instrument (Becton Dickinson). The instrument uses a 5-watt argon laser coupled to a dye head, a 525 nm band pass filter for FL1 and a 584 nm band pass filter for the Rhodamine. For each sample analyzed, the sample containing the negative probe is analyzed first and the guad-stats are set so that less than 0.01 % of the cells fall in the upper-right quadrant or lower-right quadrant. Next, the sample treated with the HIV probes is analyzed under the same parameters as the sample analyzed with the negative probe. Since the quad-stats are set correctly and the two samples have been handled identically, any number of cells (above 0.01 %) recorded in the upper right quadrant are scored as positive for both strands and/or mRNA. Any number of cells (above 0.01 %) that are recorded in the lower right quadrant are scored positive for DNA
only.
Separation of Fetal Cells from Maternal Blood and the Use of Fetal-Cell-Specific Antibodies and DNA Probes to Positively Identify the Fetal Cells Seoaration of Fetal Cells From Maternal Peripheral Blood Percoll Stock and gradient solution was prepared in adherence to the manufacturer's (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) recommendations by mixing 9 parts of Percoll with 1 part 1.5 M
NaCI. The density gradient Percoll solutions were prepared according to Table 8.
Percoll Stock Solution 0.15 M NaCI Total Volume Density 1.065 5.15 ml 4.85 ml 10 ml 1.075 6.00 ml 4.00 ml 10 ml 1.085 6.83 ml 3.17 ml 10 mI
1.100 8.09 ml 1.91 ml 10 ml To concentrate circulating fetal cells, 10 ml of maternal peripheral blood from a woman in the first trimester of pregnancy was overlaid in a 50- mi conical tube on a Percoll discontinuous density gradient consisting of 10 ml each of gradient solutions with densities of 1.100, 1.085, 1.075 and 1.065 g/ml from the bottom of the tube to the top, respectively. The gradient was centrifuged at 360xg for 30 minutes at room temperature. This procedure fractionated the blood in several layers. The first and second layers from the top of the gradient contained most of the circulating fetal trophoblasts.
These layers were collected, diluted with PBS to a volume of 50 ml and centrifuged at 500xg for 5 minutes at room temperature. The pellet, enriched with fetal cells, was washed twice with PBS and centrifuged as above, fixed with 75% chilled ethanol and used for fetal cell identification and genetic disorder testing as described below.
As shown in Figure 4, maternal blood cells were desirably fractionated into several bands using a four-layer Percoll discontinuous density gradient (Tube A, B). Bands 1 and 2 from the top of Tube B
were withdrawn and then added to PBS (Tube C) and centrifuged for 5 minutes at 500xg. The cells were resuspended in PBS and centrifuged as above twice more. The pellet was resuspended in chilled 75% ethanol at a concentration at 106 cells/mI and used the same day or stored at 20 C.
Positive Identification of Fetal Cells A. By Direct Immunofluorescence About 108 ethanol-fixed maternal blood cells enriched with fetal cells were microcentrifuged at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes at room temperature. The pellet was resuspended in 1 ml of buffer A
(8.01 g NaCI, 0.20 g KCI, 1.44 g Na2HPO41 1000 ml distilled, deionized water) containing 5% fetal calf serum (buffer A/FCS) and microcentrifuged as stated above.
This wash step was repeated. The final pellet was resuspended in 100 NI of buffer A/FCS containing 1 NI of anti-human cytokeratin 18-FITC (Sigma Chemical Company Catalog No. F-4772;
mouse host, IgG class 1, clone CY-90) and incubated in the dark for 1-2 hours while mixing gently on an end-to-end mixer. The reaction mixture was then washed 3 times with 1 ml buffer A/FCS as above and the pellet was cytospun on glass slides at 700 rpm for 7 minutes.
Fetal cells were scored using fluorescence microscopy .
WO 94/02646 P(.'I'/US93/06828 Figures 6A and 6B show a representation of these fetal cells stained with anti-human cytokeratin 18-FITC in maternal peripheral blood as described above.
B. Indirect lmmunofluorescence Labeling As an alternative to the direct immunofluorescence described above, an indirect immunofluorescence method can be used.
The procedure was the same as the direct method (described above), except the cells were first incubated in a 1:200 dilution of anti-human cytokeratin (CAM 5.2 from Becton Dickinson Catalogue No. 92-0005) in buffer A/FCS for 40 minutes and washed free of the primary antibody. The cells were then labeled with the secondary antibody tagged with FITC (anti-mouse tgG + IgM from goat); (Boehringer Mannheim Biochemicals Catalog No. 605-25) for 30 minutes and washed from the residual antibody as described above.
The cells were scored as above.
C. Sequential Use of Y Chromosome DNA Probe on Fetal Cells Previously Stained with Anti-Cytokeratin Antibody to Detect Fetal Cells and Perform Genetic Testing in Maternal Blood Preoaration of Cells An additional slide stained with the anti-cytokeratin antibody as described above was taken through the hybridization procedure as described below.
Preoaration of Probes The Y chromosome probes were synthetic oligodeoxynucleotides complementary to regions of human chromosome Y. The details regarding the preparation and labeling of these probes are included in Example 1 and in Table 2.
WO 94/02646 2.140278 PC.'1'/US93/06828 Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, 20 ul of a hybridization cocktail was added to the slide. The cocktail contained PEG, 25%
formamide, 5 x SSC, 1 mg/mI salmon sperm DNA, 15x Ficoll/PVP, 0.4M guanidinium isothiocyanate, 50 mM DTT, 5% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA, 50 mM Na2PO4, and the Y chromosome probe at a concentration of 20 Ng/ml. A coverslip was applied and the slide was incubated at 85 C for 15 minutes in an incubator.
WashinQ
After hybridization, the slides were placed in a Coplin jar to which was added 100 ml of Wash Solution #1. The jar was agitated until the coverslip fell off, and the slide was held in this solution for 2 minutes. This wash solution was removed and Wash Solution #2 was added. This second wash solution was agitated for 1 minute and poured off, and this last wash was repeated 6 times.
Following the washes, 8,ul of Mounting solution was added. The slide was coverslipped and viewed under the fluorescence microscope.
Fluorescence Detection Slides were screened under 40 x objectives using an Olympus BH10 microscope with fluorescence capabilities.
Figure 7 shows a cytokeratin-stained fetal cell (brightly stained cytoplasm) within maternal peripheral blood. The cell has one Y chromosome within its nucleus that has stained positive following hybridization with the rhodamine labeled Y chromosome probe.
Isolation of Trophoblasts from Placenta and Detection of Chromosomes X, Y and 18 Within Their Nuclei Trophoblasts were isolated from term placental tissue by a modified procedure of Wang et. al., American Journal of Reproductive Immunology 16:8-14 (1988).
21.402-78 The trophoblasts were then fixed with 75% chilled ethanol, stained with anti-cytokeratin antibodies as described above (Example 6) and subsequently hybridized to Y, X and 18 chromosome-specific probes also as described above in Example 6.
The origin of the probes for chromosome X, Y and 18 was described in Example 1.
The DNA probes were all labeled with a rhodamine derivative as described in Example 1.
Hybridization, washing and detection was carried out as described in Example 1.
Figure 8A shows the results with the X-chromosome probe; 8B, the Y-chromosome probe; and 8C, the chromosome-18-specific probe. The cytoplasm is stained strongly with the FITC
labeled anticytokeratin antibody. The nuclei in 8A and 8B contain strong single points of light indicating the presence of singae X and Y
chromosomes. The nuclei in 8C contain two strong points of light indicating the presence of two chromosomes 18s.
Use of Fetal-Cell-Specific DNA Probes to Detect Fetal-Cell-Specific mRNA in Cells Obtained from Amniotic Fluid and/or Placenta Preparation of Cells Cells from amniotic fluid were prepared as described above (Example 1) and cells from placenta were prepared as described above (Example 7).
Slides containing normal peripheral mononuclear blood cells were also prepared as described in Example 2 Preparation of Probes The fetal cell identification probes were accessed via the Genetic Sequence Data Bank, GenBank, version 69.0 and prepared from the following gene sequences in Table 9:
Probe GenBank Fluorescent Designation Locus Name Label Human Cytokeratin HUMCYTOK Fluorescein or Rhodamine HCG beta-subunit HUMCG3B Fluorescein or Rhodamine Alpha Fetoprotein HUMAFP Fluorescein or Rhodamine The aforementioned sequences were cut into several 39-base -oligonucleotides and synthesized as phosphorothioate oligonucleotides using DNA synthesizers (Applied Biosystems DNA
Synthesizer, Model 380B) and using the recommended A.B.I.
reagents. The polysulfurized oligonucleotides were then coupled to a FITC (Molecular Probes, Inc. Catalogue No. 1-2) or rhodamine (Catalogue No. T488) and purified by column chromatography and HPLC. As a negative control probe, the HIV probes described in Example 10 were used.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, 20 NI of a hybridization cocktail was added to each slide. The cocktail consisted of 31 % PEG, 25% formamide, 5 x SSC, 1 mg/mI salmon sperm DNA, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, 0.4M guanidinium isothiocyanate, 50 mM DTT, 5% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA, 50 mM Na2PO4, and probe at a concentration of 20 Ng/mI. A coverslip was applied to each slide and was incubated for 30 minutes at 42 C.
Washing After hybridization, the slides were placed in a Coplin jar to which was added 100 ml of Wash Solution #1. The jar was agitated until the coverslip fell off, and the slide was held in this solution for 2 minutes. This wash solution was removed, and Wash Solution #2 was added. This second wash solution was agitated for 1 minute and poured off, and this last wash was repeated 6 times.
Following the washes, 8 NI of mounting solution was added. The slide was coverslipped and viewed under a fluorescent microscope.
Fluorescence Detection Photomicrographs were taken on an Olympus BH10 microscope with fluorescence capabilities, using Kodak Ektachrome EES-135 (PS 800/1600) film, exposed, and push processed at 1600 ASA. A 20-second exposure time was consistently used, so that direct comparisons could be made between all photomicrographs taken.
In each of the cells in the figures below, the bright light (in color photographs, it is orange) from both the nuclei and cytoplasm represent a positive signal. The unstained cells in the photos (in color photographs, it is a red color due to the counterstain) represent maternal cells that are negative for the presence of the fetal cell identification probes.
As a negative control, the HIV probes were hybridized to these amniocytes and trophoblasts and there was no bright hybridization signal.
All of the fetal cell identification probes as well as the HIV probes were used in separate hybridization experiments using normal white blood cells and these cells had no bright hybridization signal indicating that they were all appropriately negative.
Figure 9A shows the results when using the cytokeratin probes to analyze amniocytes (top panel) and trophoblasts (bottom panel).
Figure 9B shows the results when using the HCG probes to analyze amniocytes (top panel) and trophoblasts (bottom panel).
Figure 9C shows the results when using the a-fetoprotein probes to analyze amniocytes (top panel) and trophoblasts (bottom panel).
WO 94/02646 21402( 8 PCT/US93/06828 Use of Anti-Cytokeratin Antibodies and Flow Cytometry to Detect Fetal Trophoblasts Obtained from Placental Tissue Preaaration of Cells Placental trophoblasts were isolated from term placenta and were fixed in 75% chilled ethanol as described in Example 2. The fixed cells were stained with anti-cytokeratin and isotope-control antibodies, both labeled with FITC as stated in Example 6 and analyzed by flow cytometry.
Flow Cytometer Use and Interpretation The cells were analyzed on a Profile II system (Coulter Instruments). The instrument uses a 488 nm argon laser, a 525 nm band pass filter for FL1. For each sample tested, the sample containing the isotope control antibody was analyzed first and the quad-stats were set so that less than 0.2% of the cells fell in the upper-right quadrant. Next, the sample challenged with the anti-cytokeratin antibody was analyzed under the same parameters as the sample challenged with the isotope-control antibody. Since the quad-stats had been set correctly and the two samples had been handled identically, the amount of cells above 0.2% that were recorded in the upper right quadrant were scored as positive.
Use of HIV DNA Probes to Detect HIV mRNA in Placental Fetal Trophoblasts or Amniocytes Preparation of Cells Trophoblasts are isolated from term placental tissue by a modified procedure as described in Example 7. Amniocytes are obtained through amniocentesis. The H9 HIV cell line and peripheral blood polymorphonuclear cells served as positive and negative controls, respectively. These cells are washed with nuclease-free PBS
and are placed in a single-cell suspension at a concentration resulting in clearly separated cells. The cells are spun down to a pellet and the supernatant decanted. The cells are resuspended in 0.5 %
paraformaldehyde and left for 12-16 hours at 4 C. After fixation, the cells are spun to remove the fixative and then washed once in PBS
and resuspended in 2 x SSC. The cells are used immediately.
Preparation of Probes A negative control probe, sequences for human papillomavirus (HPV) type 16 and HPV type 18 (Table 10) were obtained from the published sequences and were accessed via the Genetic Sequence Data Bank, GenBank, version 69Ø
Probe GenBank Fluorescent Designation Locus Name Label HPV 16 PPH16 Fluorescein HPV 18 PPH18 Fluorescein HIV HUMBH102 Fluorescein Twenty separate HPV probes (10 for HPV type 16 and 10 for type HPV 18) and 180 HIV probes are synthesized by cutting the HIV sequences into several 39-base oligonucleotides and synthesized as phosphorothioate oligonucleotides using DNA
synthesizers (Applied Biosystems DNA Synthesizer, Model 380B) and using the recommended A.B.I. reagents. The phosphorothioate oligonucleotides are then coupled to FITC and purified by column chromatography and HPLC.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, to pelleted cells was added 50 NI of an hybridization cocktail consisting of 30% formamide, 5 x SSC, 0.16M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, 1,ug/NI sheared DNA, 3% (v/v) Triton X-100, 5% PEG 4000, 25 mM DTT, 0.4M
guanidinium isothiocyanate, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, and the probe added at a concentration of 2.5 Ng/mI. Hybridizations were carried out in a humidified environment at 42 C for 30 minutes.
Washing Post-hybridization, the cells were placed in a 15 ml conical tube to which was added 10 ml of Wash Solution #1 (heated to 42 C). The solution was agitated until the cells were a single-cell suspension and then spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant was removed and to the pellet was added 10 ml of Wash Solution #2 (heated to 42 C). The second wash solution was agitated until the cells were a single-cell suspension. The cells were spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant was removed and the cell pellet resuspended in 0.2 ml of a PBS counterstain solution containing 0.0025% Evans Blue.
Flow Cytometer Use and Interpretation The cells were analyzed on a Profile II system as aforesaid. The instrument uses a 488 nm argon laser, a 525 nm band pass filter for FL1 and a 635 nm band pass filter for the counterstain.
For each sample analyzed, the sample containing the negative probe was analyzed first and the quad-stats were set so that less than 0.01 % of the cells fell in the u.pper-right quadrant. Next, the sample analyzed with the positive probe was analyzed under the exact same parameters as the sample analyzed with the negative probe. Since the quad-stats had been set correctly and the two samples had been handled identically, cells (above 0.01 %) recorded in the upper right quadrant were scored as positive.
Synthesis of Multiple-Reporter Labeled Oligonucleotides To obtain maximum sensitivity, a preferred embodiment of the present invention employs oligonucleotide probes that are labeled with multiple reporter moieties, such as fluorescent moieties.
This Example describes the preparation of such probes.
Two hundred Ng of dried oligonucleotide is dissolved in 100 NI of 250 mM Tris buffer pH 7.4, to form a first solution. One mg of iodoacetamido-fluorescein is combined with 100 NI of dry DMF
to create a 200-NI reaction mixture. The two solutions are mixed together and shaken overnight. This results in an oligonucleotide to acetamido-fluorescein ratio of 1:5 in the reaction mixture. One mg of iodoacetamido-fluorescein is again combined with 100 NI of DMF, and this 100 NI is combined with the 200 NI of reaction mixture. Another 100 NI of 250 mM Tris buffer is added to the 400 NI of reaction mixture and the reaction is allowed to continue for another 6 hours.
The labeled oligonucleotide is precipitated with ethanol and 3 M
sodium acetate. This crude material is then loaded on to a PD-10 column to remove free dye. The desired fractions are collected. The liquid phase is then removed under vacuum. The crude material is then purified by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
Probes for Both Strands of a DNA Target The procedure of the Examples above may be modified as follows:
(1) Four hundred sixteen (416) separate probes (208 for type 16 and 208 for type 18) each designed as 30-bases in length, are synthesized. However, in addition to making probes corresponding to those 416 separate oligonucleotides that together comprise probes for one strand of each of the two HPV targets, one also makes 416 additional oligonucleotide probes for the second strand of both of the two HPV targets. The probes for the first strand will be "out of phase" relative to the second strand probes as regards how they map on a map of the HPV genome. As a result, one-half (15 nucleotides) of each first strand probe will be complementary (in nucleotide sequence) to one-half of one second strand probe and the other half (15 nucleotides) of that first strand probe will be complementary to a portion of another second strand probe. Staggering of the probes means that, because of the shortness of the overlap (10 nucleotides), probes of the first strand will not hybridize significantly to probes of the second strand. On the other hand, about twice as much hybridization is detected as compared to the situation where only probes corresponding to one strand are used.
(2) Probes are made as phosphorothioate oligonucleotides, each 30-mer having four sulfur atoms, using an Applied Biosystem (ABI) DNA Synthesizer, Model 380B and the recommended A.B.I. reagents. The sulfur atoms are located as follows: one is at the extreme 5' end of the probe, a second is between the 7th and 8th nucleosides (counting from the 5' end), the third is between the 22nd and 23rd nucleosides, and the fourth is between the 29th and 30th nucleosides. The sulfur atoms of the polysulfurized oligonucleotides are then coupled to a fluorescent dye, iodoacetamido-fluorescein, as follows (smaller amounts can be synthesized by adjusting the volumes): 200 Ng of dried oligonucleotide is dissolved in 100 NI of 250 mM Tris buffer, pH 7.4 to form a first solution. Then 1 mg of iodoacetamido-fluorescein is combined with 100 NI of dry dimethylformamide (i.e., 100 percent DMF) in a second solution. The two solutions are mixed together and shaken overnight.
After the overnight incubation, the labeled oligonucleotide is precipitated with ethanol and 3 M sodium acetate. This crude material is then loaded on to a PD-10 column to remove free dye. The desired fractions are then collected. The liquid phase is then removed under vacuum. The crude material is then purified with HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography).
(3) Negative control probes are constructed in analogy to steps (1) and (2).
(4) The hybridization cocktail is modified as follows:
1.5% PEG is used instead of 31 % PEG, 30% formamide is used instead of 21 % formamide, 10% DMSO (10% v/v) is included, and 5% (v/v) of vitamin E is included. Also instead of adding 50 NI of the hybridization cocktail to the slide, 40 NI of the cocktail is added to 5 NI
of squalene plus 5 NI of pyrrolidinone and the combined 50 NI is added to the slide. It can be useful to add 5 NI of 1 M (1 molar) DTT and 5 NI of Proteinase K (1 mg/mI) solution per 100 NI of hybridization cocktail and run the hybridization reaction at, for example, 42 C for 5 minutes, then at 95 C for 5 minutes, and then at 42 C for 2 minutes.
It can also be useful to add about 0.05% or 0.10% aurintricarboxylic acid (ATA) in the hybridization cocktail.
(5) Instead of adding 8 NI of antifade/Hoechst to the slide, 8 NI of the following solution is added: 9 volumes of solution A
plus 1 volume of solution B where solution A is 0.01 % 1,4 diphenylamine (antifade) plus nuclear stain Hoechst (#33258; 1 Ng/mI) plus 0.0025% Evans Blue in 50% (v/v) glycerol plus 50% (v/v) 1 x PBS (0.136 M NaCI, 0.003 M KCI, 0.008 M Na2HPO41 0.001 M
KH2PO4) and solution B is dodecyl alcohol.
The Use of DNA Probes and In Situ Hybridization to Determine the Presence of the Philadelphia Chromosome Preparation of Cells White blood cells from peripheral blood or bone marrow from patients with chronic myelogenous leukemia are deposited onto glass slide by the cytospin method.
Preparation of Probes Several 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide probes are prepared from the DNA sequence listed in the table below.
WO 94/02646 21402` 8 PC.'T/US93/06828 Probe Chromosome GenBank Designation Detected LocusName Probe Synthesis and Labeling The oligodeoxynucleotides are synthesized and labeled as described in Example 1.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, the cells are deposited onto slides. 20 to 25 NI of a hybridization cocktail consisting of 31 %
PEG, 30% formamide, 5x SSC, 0.1 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH
7.4, 100 Ng/mI low molecular weight, denatured, salmon or herring sperm DNA, 10% (v/v) Triton X-100, 10% DMSO, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, 0.4 M guanidinium isothiocyanate, 10 mM DTT, and 0.025 M EDTA
and the probe added at a concentration of 20 ug/mI is applied.
A coverslip is applied and the slide is heated to 95 C for 5 minutes, allowed to cool to 42 C. and incubated for 25 minutes at that temperature.
Washing and Detection Washing and detection are done as described in Example 1.
Chronic myelogenous leukemia is associated with a characteristic chromosomal translocation between chromosomes 9 and 22, resulting in the so-called Philadelphia Chromosome, 22q +.
[See: Rowley, JD: A new consistent chromosomal abnormality in myelogenous leukemia identified by quinacrine fluorescence and Giemsa staining. Nature 243:290 (1973); Heisterkamp N, et al.:
Structural organization of the bcr gene and its role in the Ph translocation. Nature 315:758 (1985)]
WO 94/02646 P(,T/US93/06828 Because the probes for the bcr gene are prepared such that they span the break point cluster region to include both the 5' and the 3' ends of the gene, when a translocation occurs there are three points of light ("dots") within the cell. One bright dot would represent the unaffected chromosome and two less intense dots would represent the un-translocated 5' bcr gene while the second less intense dot would represent that 3' end of the bcr gene that translocated to Chromosome 9.
In an alternative format, sequences from the c-abl gene that translocate to Chromosome 22 are accessed and prepared as described above. These sequences are labeled with a second fluorescent moiety and added to the hybridization solution. Now when a translocation occurs, one positive signal (representing the 5' end of the bcr gene still on Chromosome 22) would appear in one color (e.g., green) and adjacent to another positive signal (representing the c-abl gene that translocated to Chromosome 22) which would appear in a second color (e.g., red).
Detection of the Fragile X Chromosome in Amniocytes and in Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells Preoaration of Cells Two ml of Amniotic fluid is diluted to 10 ml with PBS and centrifuged at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes. The resultant cell pellet is suspended in 800 NI of ethanol and methanol (v:v, 3:1). 200 ,ul of the sample is deposited on each slide by the cytospin method. In addition, approximately 5,000 peripheral blood mononuclear cells obtained from a normal male are deposited onto a glass slide by the cytospin method.
Preparation of Probes A 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide consisting of SEQ ID
NO:3: is synthesized and labeled as described in Example 1.
Hybridization, Washina and Detection Hybridization, washing and detection are done as described in Examples 1 and 13.
The Fragile X syndrome is caused by mutations that increase the size of a specific DNA fragment (containing a lengthy CGG repeat) of the X chromosome (in Xq27.3). See, e.g., Francois Rousseau, M.D. et al., N Engi J Med, 325:1673-1681 (1991).
Following the aforesaid procedure, when an amplification of the CGG DNA fragment is present, there is an increase in the intensity of the signal. Using any of a number of image analysis systems, this signal is quantified and compared to normal controls to determine whether or not a Fragile X chromosome, i.e., an amplification of CGG, is present. Such image analysis systems include, for example: ACAS 570 from Meridian Instruments, Okemos, MI; and instruments from Perseptive Systems, Inc., League City, TX; and Applied Imaging, Santa Clara, CA.
Concentration of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells Within Maternal Blood Using Direct Negative Selection Method A sample consisting of 20 ml of maternal peripheral blood is diluted to 35 ml with buffer solution A and overlaid on top of 15 ml Histopaque-1083 in a 50-m1 conical tube. The tube is centrifuged at 700 x g for 30 minutes, and the interphase layer is collected into a fresh 50-m1 conical tube, the volume then being brought up to 40 ml with buffer A. The conical tube is then centrifuged for 10 minutes at 1000 rpm (200 x g). The cell pellet is re-suspended in 1 ml of buffer solution B and mixed with pre-washed immunomagnetic beads coated with anti-CD45. The bead/cell mixture is allowed to react for 10 minutes, during which the unwanted leucocytes are reacted to the beads while nucleated red blood cells (NRBCs) stay in the solution. A
magnetic particle concentrator is applied to the side of the reaction tube. The magnetic beads and material complexed thereto collect on the side of the reaction tube adjacent to the magnet. The supernatant fluid, containing NRBCs, is then poured off, cytospun, fixed for 5 minutes in 80% ethanol and used for in situ hybridization.
Concentration of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells Within Maternal Blood Using Alternate Direct Negative Selection Method The procedure of Example 15 is performed, but with the following modification: Instead of using immunomagnetic beads coated with anti-CD45, a cocktail containing immunomagnetic beads coated with monoclonal antibodies against various components of maternal blood (but not fetal erythrocytes) is used to effectively remove the non-fetal cells as well as platelets from the specimen, leaving behind the fetal target cells.
Antibody Selection -To determine whether a particular antibody or mixture of antibodies would be suitable for use in accordance with the present invention, the following procedure may be performed:
Perform a density separation on a sample of umbilical cord blood as in Example 4. Resuspend the buffy coat in 1 ml of Buffer Solution B. Prepare a control slide by cytospinning 50 NI of this cell suspension and fixing by dipping slide in 3:1 ethanol/methanol.
Prepare a test slide by removing a sample of 1 x 106 cells from the aforesaid buffy coat resuspension and adding 20 /,rg of the antibody to be tested, coupled to magnetic beads. Prepare the cells as described in Example 6. Perform microscopic examination of slides as in Example 6 and determine the ratio of fetal nucleated red blood cells to total cells on each slide. If the ratio for the test slide is between 75%
and 125% of the corresponding ratio for the control slide, the antibody is considered acceptable. For example, an acceptable result ~ ~ ~ 0278 PC'T/US93/06828 would be a control slide having 5 NRBCs per 10,000 cells and the corresponding test slide having 4 NRBCs per 10,000 cells.
Concentration of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells Within Maternal Blood Using Indirect Negative Selection Method A 20-mi sample of maternal peripheral blood is diluted to 36 ml with buffer solution A and overlaid on the top of 15 ml of Histopaque 1083 in a 50-m1 conical tube. The tube is centrifuged at 700 x g for 30 minutes, and the interphase layer (buffy coat) is collected into a fresh conical tube. The volume is then brought up to 40 ml with buffer solution A and the tube is centrifuged for 10 minutes at 200 x g. The cell pellet is re-suspended in a solution containing monoclonal antibody. The monoclonal antibody is anti-CD45 or a mixture of monoclonal antibodies selected from the group consisting of anti-CD45, anti-CD34, anti-CD12, anti-CD31, and anti-CD44 in a 1-mi reaction volume. The cells are allowed to react with the antibody for 30 minutes at 4 C. The mixture is then microcentrifuged at 500 rpm for 5 minutes, and the supernatant is aspirated off. The cell pellet is washed with 1400 ml of the reaction buffer (buffer solution A), and the pellet is re-suspended in 1 ml buffer solution B. The cell suspension is then mixed with pre-washed bends coated with sheep anti-mouse IgG, and the mixture is allowed to react for 10 minutes during which most of the non-wanted cells (leucocytes and erthyrocytes) react with the beads, forming cell/bead complexes.
The complexes are then removed from the reaction by a magnetic particle concentrator, which collects the complexes on the side of the reaction tube. The supernatant containing NRBC's is directly loaded on cytospin to make slides. The slides are fixed with 80% ethanol and used for fluorescent in situ hybridization.
Detection of Feta! Nticleated Red Blood Cel{s Enriched from Maternal Blood and Simultaneous Detection of Chromosome Abnormalities Slides prepared in accordance with Examples 15, 16 and 17 are hybridized on slides in a single step using probes for fetal hemoglobin mRNA as in Example 3 and probes for human chrosomes as in Example 4.
A fetal nucleated red blood cell that was hybridized simultaneously to DNA probes specific to fetal hemoglobin mRNA as described in Example 4, part B and to probes for human chromosomes X and Y as described in Example 4, part A was obtained. A greenish cytoplasm indicates that the cell is a fetal nucleated red blood cell, due to signal from fluorescein-labeled probe for HbF mRNA. A green dot within the nucleus is a signal for X chromosome, from fluorescein-labeled probes for X. A red dot within the nucleus is a signal for Y
chromosome, from rhodamine-labeled probes for Y.
EXAMPt-E 19 Detection of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells Enriched From Maternal Blood Using Indirect Immunof{uorescence Techniques An alternative procedure for detecting fetal cells is to perform ttie procedure of Exarriple 18, rYiodified as follows: Iristead of using DNA probes to fetal hemoglobin mRNA, monoclonal antibody against fetal hemofllobin protein (Accurate Chemical, cat. no. IRXG-11149) is useci. Enric:hed cells are fixed in 2% paraformaldehyde for two ttours, wastieci free of fixative and reacted witti a 1:100 dilution of anti-HbF antibody for 30 min. The amount of antibody added is 2-20 Ng per million fetal erythrocyte cells in the sample. The excess antibody is rernoved by washing the cells twice with PBS. Next the cells are stained for 30 min. with a 1:100 dilution of a monocional antibody that selectively binds to the anti-HbF antibody (Etiro-Path, Ltd.) and that is tagged with alkaline phosphatase. Excess antibody is removed by washing with PBS, and Vector Red as a substrate (Vector Chemical Co.) is added to the cells. In a later step, excess substrate is washed off. The cells are cytospun on glass slides and used for in situ hybridization, as in Example 18.
Enrichment of Fetal Cells Within Maternal Blood By Lysing Maternal Erythrocytes Maternal blood specimens are treated with 0.075 M KCI
for 15 min at 37 C. This treatment selectively lyses maternal erythrocytes, leaving intact all nucleated cells present in the sample.
The lysate is then contacted with beads coated with anti-CD45 or, more generally, with one or more antibodies against cell surface antigens of maternal blood cells. The mixture is aliowed to react. The beads along with cells ligated thereto are then removed from the mixture with a magnetic particle collector. The remaining liquid, containing primarily fetal nucleated erythrocytes, is used to make cytospun slides as described hereinabove. This procedure may be performed entirely in an automated device.
The foregoing description of the preferred embodiments of the invention has been presented for purposes of illustration and description. It is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed, and obviously many modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teaching. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical application to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best utilize the invention in various embodiments and with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. It is intended that the scope of the invention be defined by the claims appended hereto.
~= - ~ .
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATIONs (i) APPLICANT: Aegari, Morteza Prashad, Nagindra Cubbage, Michael. Lee Ju, Shyh-chan Slick, Mark Bresser, Joel (ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: Enriching and Identifying Fetal Celle In Maternal Blood For In Situ Hybridization (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCESs 21 (iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: James F. Weller, Attorney-at-Law (B) STREETt One Riverway, Suite 1560 (C) CITY: Houston (D) STATEs Texas (E) COUNTRYs USA
(F) ZIPt 77056 (v) COMPUTER READABLE FORMs (A) MEDIUM TYPE: Floppy disk (B) COMPUTER: IBN PC compatible (C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(0) SOFTWAREs WordPerfect 5.1 (vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILING DATEs 7-19-93 (C) CLASSIFICATION:
(viii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: Weiler, James F.
(8) REGISTRATION NUMBERs 16,040 (C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: D-5507 CIP PCT
(ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: 713-626-8646 (B) TELEFAX: 713-963-5853 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:1:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHt 24 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGYt linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (iii) HYPOTHETICALs NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSEt NO
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONt SEQ IO NO:lt ATCGAGTAGT GGTATTTCAC CGGC 24.
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOt2t (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULS TYPE: DNA (genomic) (iii) HYPOTHETICALs NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSEs NO
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEt DNA (genomic) (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSEt NO
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOS4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHs 443 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:4:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOt5t (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHs 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGYs linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:5:
TCAGTGGTAT CTCGAGGACA GGGCA 2g (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOt6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEt cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONs SEQ ID NO:6:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPEt nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESSs single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEt cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONt SEQ ID NO:?:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOsS:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICSs (A) LENGTHs 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESSt single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:8:
G1IATTCTTTG CCGAAATGGA TTGCC , 2'6.
(2) INFORN,ATION FOR SEQ ID N019:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 baee pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:9:
AAAACGGTCA CCAGCACATT TCCCA 2S_ (2) INFORHATION FOR SEQ ID N0:10:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONt SEQ ID NO:10:
GGAGCTTGAA GTTCTCAGGA TCCAC ZS
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:llt (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGYt linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEt cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:11:
ATGCAGCTTG TCACAGTGCA GTTCA 2S_ _76-(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:12:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHt 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:12:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:13:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESSs single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:13:
GATCATCCAG GTGCTTTATG GCATC 25' (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:14:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:14:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:15:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
.77_ (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:15s (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOs16s (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICSs (A) LENGTH: 25 baee paire (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: =ingle (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONs SEQ ID NO:16z (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:17:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base paire (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGYt linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONs SEQ ID NO:17:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:18t (i) SEQUENCE CFiARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 baee pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDtiA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICALs N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID.N0:18s (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:19:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHt 25 base pairs (8) TYPEs nucleic acid .76.
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iil) HYPOTHETICALs N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NOt19s (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:20t (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 baee pairs (B) TYPEt nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:20:
TCTTCCACAT TCACCTTGCC CCACA ZS
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:21:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
.(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEs cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICALs N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ TD NO:21s
Sulforhodamine 101 Texas Red Sulforhodamine 101 acid chloride [CAS# 82354-19-6]
Direct Blue 53 Evans Blue [CAS # 314-13-61 ---- Fluorescein isothiocyanate FITC
Hoechst 33258 2'-[4-hydroxyphenyl]-5-[4-methyl-1-piperazinyl]-2,5'-bi-1 H-benzimidazole trihydrochloride [CAS #
23491-45-4]
Natural Black 1 Hematoxylin [CAS # 517-28-21 --Acid Red 91 Eosin B[CAS # 548-24-31 --Sigma 840-10 Nitroblue Tetrazolium NBT
Exemplary Solutions The following solutions may be used in the performance of the present invention.
Cell Buffer A (as diluted for use): 0.8% BSA, 0.1 %
dextrose, 0.1 % sodium azide in PBS.
Cell Buffer B (as diluted for use): 2% BSA, 0.1 %
dextrose, 0.1 % sodium azide in PBS.
Fixation solution: 4 volumes ethanol, 5 volumes of PBS, 1 volume of glacial acetic acid.
Hybridization cocktail: 5 x SSC (0.75 M NaCI, 0.075 M
sodium citrate); 30% formamide (v/v); 3% Triton X-100 (v/v); 0.4 M guanidinium isothiocyanate; 0.16 M sodium phosphate (pH 6); 15 x Ficoll/PVP; 1 mg/mI sheared salmon or herring sperm DNA; 10 mM
EDTA; 25 mM DTT; 31 % PEG 4000.
~f~J
WO 94/02646 214Fi P(.'T/US93/06828 For hybridization cocktails used with a nucleic acid probe, the temperature for the hybridization reaction is within the range of about 20 C and about 90 C, preferably about 37 C and about 85 C, and most preferably about 40 C and about 46 C. The time of the hybridization reaction is between 5 minutes and 16 hours, and preferably is less than 4 hours. More preferably, the time of the hybridization reaction is less than 120 minutes, even more preferably less than 60 minutes. Most preferably, the reaction time is less than 30 minutes.
Wash Solution #1 has the following composition: 0.4 M
guanidinium isothiocyanate; 0.1 % Triton X-100 (v/v); and 0.1 x SSC
in deionized water.
Wash Solution #2 has the following composition: 0.1 %
Triton X-100 (v/v) and 0.1 x SSC in deionized water. (SSC has the following composition: 0.15 M NaCI, 0.15 M sodium citrate, pH 7Ø
2 x SSC is composed so that upon a 1:1 dilution with water, SSC
would be produced; 10 x SSC is composed so that upon a 1:10 dilution with water, SSC would be produced.) PBS has the formula, 0.136 M NaCI, 0.003M KCI, 0.008M Na2HP04 = 7H20, 0.001 M KH2PO4.
If a dye-labeled antibody is used as the probe, then the probe may be dissolved in PBS, possibly supplemented with bovine serum albumin (BSA), while it is allowed to react with target cells, preferably at a temperature in the range 4 C to 34 C. The cells need not be fixed (e.g., when the antibody target is a cell-surface antigen), or may be fixed after the probe-target incubation is completed, or may be fixed prior to or during the probe-target incubation.
The mounting solution may be 50% PBS/50% glycerol (v/v), 0.1 % 1,4-phenylenediamine (as an antifade) and 1 Ng/mI of Hoechst 33258 or DAPI (dye).
Probes The probes may be DNA or RNA or synthetic analogues to DNA or RNA. The probe is capable of binding to a complementary or mirror-image target cellular genetic sequence through one or more types of chemical bonds, usually through hydrogen bond formation. In general, the DNA or RNA probes may be composed of the bases adenosine, uridine, thymidine, guanine, cytosine, or any natural or artificial chemical derivatives thereof. The phosphate backbone is linked via ribose or deoxyribose, or an analog or derivative thereof.
Nucleic acid probes can be prepared by a variety of methods known to those of skill in the art. The probes may be oligonucleotides synthesized on an Applied Biosystems (A.B.I.) DNA synthesizer Model 380 using the recommended A.B.I. reagents.
In the last stage of the synthesis, an aminohexyl phosphate linker is desirably attached to the 5' end of the probes for the fetal-cell-specific marker, and preferably to both the 5' and 3' ends of the probes for the other sequences to be detected, e.g.
chromosomal sequences. The 5'- or 5',3'- aminohexyl oligonucleotides are then respectively coupled to a selected dye and purified by HPLC.
However, as illustrated in Examples below, even if only a single fluorescent label is attached to the probes, fluorescence may be detected by visual microscopy.
Purified single-stranded DNA probes may alternatively be produced by the use of single-stranded phage M13 or plasmid derivatives of this phage, or by reverse transcription of a purified RNA
template.
Detection Systems Detectable labels may be any molecule which may be detected. Commonly used detectable labels are radioactive labels including, but not limited to, 32P, '4C, 1251, 3H and 35S. Biotin labeled nucleotides can be incorporated into DNA or RNA by nick translation, WO 94/02646 ct 14(j 273 PCT/US93/06828 enzymatic, or chemical means. The biotinylated probes are detected after hybridization using avidin/streptavidin, fluorescent, enzymatic or colloidal gold conjugates. Nucleic acids may also be labeled with other fluorescent compounds, with immunodetectable fluorescent derivatives or with biotin analogues. Nucleic acids may also be labeled by means of attaching a protein. Nucleic acids cross-linked to radioactive or fluorescent histone HI, enzymes (alkaline phosphatase and peroxidases), or single-stranded binding (ssB) protein may also be used. To increase the sensitivity of detecting the colloidal gold or peroxidase products, a number of enhancement or amplification procedures using silver solutions may be used.
An indirect fluorescent immunocytochemical procedure may also be utilized (Rudkin and Stollar (1977) Nature 265:472; Van Prooijen, et al (1982) Exp.Cell.Res. 141:397). Polyclonal antibodies are raised against RNA-DNA hybrids by injecting animals with poly(rA)-poly(dT). DNA probes are hybridized to cells in situ and hybrids ae detected by incubation with the antibody to RNA-DNA
hybrids.
Probes may be detectably labeled prior to addition to the hybridization solution. Alternatively, a detectable label may be selected which binds to the hybridization product. Probes may be labeled with any detectable group for use in practicing the invention.
Such detectable group can be any material having a detectable physical or chemical property. Such detectable labels have been well-developed in the field of immunoassays, and in general, most any label useful in such methods can be applied to the present invention.
Particularly useful are enzymatically active groups, such as enzymes (see Clin. Chem., 22:1243 (1976)), enzyme substrates (see British Patent Spec. 1,548,741), coenzymes (see U.S. Patents Nos.
4,230,797 and 4,238,565) and enzyme inhibitors (see U.S. Patent No. 4,134,792); fluorescers (see Clin. Chem., 25:353 (1979);
chromophores; luminescers such as chemiluminescers and bioluminescers (see Clin. Chem., 25:512 (1979)); specifically bindable ligands; proximal interacting pairs; and radioisotopes such as 3H, 355, 32P, 1251 and 14C.
Probe Size. Pooulation and Concentration The length of a probe affects its diffusion rate, the rate of hybrid formation, and the stability of hybrids. According to the present invention, small probes (15-200 bases, and preferably 15-100, most preferably 15-30) yield the most sensitive, rapid and stable system. A mixture of small probes as aforesaid which span the entire length of the target nucleic acid to be detected are desirably prepared.
For example, if the target nucleic acid were 1000 bases long, up to about 40 "different" probes of 25 bases would be used in the hybrid solution to completely cover all regions of the target nucleic acid.
A particularly advantageous configuration of probes is to prepare a population of probes to a selected target sequence as follows: A first probe hybridizes to bases 1 to 25 of the sequence. A
second probe hybridizes to bases 31 to 55 of the sequence. A third probe hybridizes to bases 61 to 85 of the sequence, and so on, wherein the beginning of each succeeding probe is spaced apart 5 bases from the end of the preceding probe. It has been found that such a configuration wherein 5 bases are skipped between each 25-mer probe provides optimal hybridization results and signal, when employed in hybridizations in accordance with the present invention.
The concentration of the probe affects several parameters of the in situ hybridization reaction. High concentrations are used to increase diffusion, to reduce the time of the hybridization reaction, and to saturate the available cellular sequences. To achieve rapid reaction rates while maintaining high signal-to-noise ratios, probe concentrations of 0.005-100 Ng/mI are preferable. Most preferable is use of probes at a concentration of about 0.01 Ng/mI.
Detection of Specific Genetic Abnormalities Among the genetic abnormalities that may be detected by the tests of the present invention are Down's Syndrome (trisomy 21), Turner's Syndrome (XO chromosomes), Klinefelter's Syndrome (XXY
chromosomes), Edward's Syndrome (trisomy 18) and Patau Syndrome (trisomy 13).
The following examples are offered by way of illustration and are not intended to limit the invention in any manner.
The Use of Chromosome-Specific Probes to Determine the Numerical Status of Specific Chromosomes in Amniocytes Preparation of Cells Two ml of amniotic fluid was diluted to 10 ml with PBS
and centrifuged at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes. The resultant cell pellet was suspended in 1000 NI of ethanol and methanol (v:v, 3:1). Two hundred NI of sample was deposited on each slide by the cytospin method.
Preparation of Probes Several 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide probes were prepared from each of the DNA sequences listed in Table 2.
Probe Chromosome GenBank Designation Detected Locus Name Alpha-centromeric repeat X HUMSATAX
Atpha-centromeric repeat Y HUMSATB
Alpha-centromeric repeat 18 HUMREPA84 Probe Synthesis & Labeling The oligodeoxynucleotides were synthesized (Applied Biosystems, Inc. DNA Synthesizer Model 380B) using the recommended A.B.I. reagents, and in the last stage an aminohexyl phosphate linker was attached to the 5' end. The 5'-aminohexyl oligodeoxynucleotides were then coupled to a rhodamine dye from Molecular Probes, Inc. and purified by Waters HPLC using a baseline 810 chromatography work station.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, the cells were deposited onto slides. Twenty to 25 NI of a hybridization cocktail consisting of 30% formamide, 5 x SSC, 0.1 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, 100 Ng/mI low molecular weight, denatured, salmon or herring sperm DNA, 10% (v/v) Triton X-100, 10% DMSO, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, 0.4 M
guanidinium isothiocyanate, 10 mM DTT, and 0.025 M EDTA and the probe, added at a concentration of 20 Ng/mi. Denaturation and hybridization were carried out simultaneously by placing the slides in an incubator for 15 minutes at 85 C.
Three separate hybridization solutions were prepared.
The first solution contained a probe for the X chromosome; the second, a probe for the Y chromosome; the third, a probe for chromosome 18.
Washing Washing of the slides after the hybridization reaction is essential to eliminate background due to non-specific binding of the probe. Post-hybridization, the slides were placed in a Coplin jar to which was added 100 ml of the Wash Solution #1. The solution was agitated and held in this solution for 2 minutes. This wash solution was removed and Wash Solution #2 was added. This second wash solution was agitated for 5 seconds and poured off. The washing procedure with Wash Solution #2 was repeated six times. Then 15 NI
WO 94/02646 214O2 8 PCf/US93/06828 of Mounting solution, containing 0.1 % 1,4-phenylenediamine (as an antifade) in 50% glycerol and 1 Ng/mI Hoechst 33258 (counterstain dye) was added.
Fluorescence Detection Photomicrographs were taken on an Olympus BH10 microscope with fluorescence capabilities, using Kodak Ektachrome EES-135 (PS 800/1600) film, exposed, and push processed at 1600 ASA. A 30 to 60 second exposure time was consistently used, so that direct comparisons could be made between all photomicrographs taken.
As shown in Figure 1 A, a single point of fluorescence (a "dot") is visible in the nucleus of male amniocytes when the Y probe was used. Figure 1A: the top panel is a photograph (40X
magnification) of two Hoechst stained nuclei while the bottom panel is the fluorescent photograph (100X magnification) of these same two cells. Figure 1 B shows a female amniocyte with 2 dots visible in the nuclei when the X probe was used: the top panel is a photograph of a Hoechst stained nuclei (40X magnification) while the bottom panel is the photograph of this same cell viewed with fluorescence (100X
magnification). There are two dots in the nucleus when a probe for chromosome 18 was used (Figure 1C). Figure 1C: the top panel is a photograph of a Hoechst stained nucleus, while the bottom is a fluorescent view. Thus, there are the "normal" number of X, Y and 18 chromosomes present in these amniocytes.
Simultaneous Detection of Numerical Status of X and Y
Chromosomes in Amniocytes and in Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells Preoaration of Cells Two ml of amniotic fluid was diluted to 10 ml with PBS
and centrifuged at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes. The resultant cell pellet was suspended in 800 NI of ethanol and methanol (v:v, 3:1). Two hundred NI of the sample was deposited on each slide by the cytospin method. In addition, approximately 5,000 peripheral blood mononuclear cells obtained from a normal male were deposited on a slide by the cytospin method.
Prenaration of Probes Several 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide probes were prepared from each of the DNA sequences listed in Table 3.
Probe Chromosome GenBank Fluorescent Designation Detected Locus Label Name Alpha-centromeric repeat X HUMSATAX Rhodamine Alpha-centromeric repeat Y HUMSATB Fluorescein Probe Svnthesis. & Labeling The oligodeoxynucleotides were synthesized as aforesaid, and in the last stage, an aminohexyl phosphate linker was attached to the 5' end. The 5'-aminohexyl oligodeoxynucleotide probes for each of the above chromosomes were each coupled to a different fluorescent dye as indicated in Table 3 above. The fluorescent dyes were obtained from Molecular Probes, Inc. and purified by a Waters HPLC using a baseline 810 chromatography work station.
Hvbridization, Washing and Detection These steps were performed in Example 1.
Results In this experiment, the X chromosome probe was labeled with rhodamine while the Y chromosome probe was labeled with FITC, and both probes were added to the same hybridization cocktail and taken through the above procedure. In Figure 2A, the top panel is a photograph of the Hoechst stained nucleus of an amniocyte and the bottom panel is a photograph of the fluorescence demonstrating one bright dot (X chromosome) and one bright dot (Y chromosome) in the nucleus. Figure 2B is a photograph of three additional amniocytes as photographed in Figure 2A.
Figure 2C demonstrates the results obtained using this same hybridization cocktail and normal male peripheral blood mononuclear cells when the photograph is taken through a triple band (DAPI-FITC-rhodamine) filter set. This photograph again shows one bright dot and one bright dot for the X and Y chromosomes, respectively, on the Hoechst stained background. Figure 2D is a photograph of a pseudo color representation of the cells in Figure 2C
using an image analysis system (BioScan Optimas'", Edmonds, Washington).
Use of Chromosome-Specific Probes to Determine the Number of Chromosomes in Embryos Prepared for In Vitro Fertilization or in Fetal Cells Obtained From Chorionic Villi Preparation of Cells Cells from non-viable embryos prepared for in vitro fertilization, cells from products of conception, and cells from chorionic villi, are accessed in a standard fashion, and deposited onto glass slides.
Preparation Of Probes Several 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide probes are prepared from each of the DNA sequences listed below in Table 4.
WO 94/02646 PC,T/US93/06828 Probe Chromosome GenBank Fluorescent Designation Detected Locus Label Name Alpha-centromeric repeat X HUMSATAX Rhodamine Atpha-centromeric repeat Y HUMSATB Fluorescein Alpha-centromeric repeat 18 HUMREPA84 Coumarin Alpha-centromeric repeat 16 HUMASATD Rhodamine Amyloid 21 HUMAMYB Rhodamine Collagen type IV 13 HUMCOLI A Fluorescein Human satellite DNA 1 HUMSAT31 Rhodamine Human satellite DNA 1 HUMSAT32 Rhodamine Human satellite DNA 1 HUMSAT33 Rhodamine Probe Synthesis & Labelin4 The oligodeoxynucleotides are synthesized, and in the last stage an aminohexyl phosphate linker is attached to the 5' and 3' ends. The 5',3'-aminohexyl oligodeoxynucleotide probes for each of the above chromosomes are each coupled to a different fluorescent dye as indicated in Table 4 above. The fluorescent dyes may be obtained from Molecular Probes, Inc. and purified by a Waters HPLC.
Hvbridization. Washing and Detection These steps are performed as in Example 1.
To photograph the four fluorochromes used to label four of the differently labeled probes, four different filter cubes, having the appropriate excitation and emission filters, are used on the microscope. Photographs are then taken sequentially following the change of each filter cube.
Alternatively, dual- and triple-filter sets available from Chroma Tech, Inc., of Brattleboro, Vermont; and from Omega, Inc., of Brattleboro, Vermont may be used to allow the operator to photograph two or three different colors simultaneously (as demonstrated in Example 2 above). A color tv camera may optionally be used.
A single probe may be detected within a single cell as by the procedure used in Example 1. Two probes may be detected and viewed and photographed by the procedure used in Example 2. Three or more may be detected if reporter molecules fluorescing at differently detectable wavelengths are used. As many different probes may be differentiated as the number of different fluorescent dyes can be distinguished by the available light filter systems.
In the foregoing examples, when the fetal cell has a normal male karyotype, there is a single point of orange fluorescence (a "dot") in the nucleus of the fetal cell when the X probe is used; a single green dot when the Y probe is used; while there were two blue dots when a probe for chromosome 18 were used; two red dots when a probe for chromosome 16 is used; two orange dots when a probe for chromosome 21 is used; and 2 green dots when the probe for chromosome 13 is used, and two orange dots when a probe for chromosome 1 is used. These are the results for a male fetus with the "normal" number of chromosomes present.
Detection of Fetal Cells by DNA Probes A. Enrichment of Fetal Trophoblasts Circulating in Maternal Blood Using a Sorting Flow Cytometer and Fetal Cell Identification Probes Preoaration of Cells Isolated white blood cells from a pregnant woman are used in the following example. The cells are washed with nuclease-free PBS and placed in a single cell suspension at a concentration that results in clearly separated cells. The cells are spun down to a pellet and the supernatant decanted. The cells are resuspended in 0.5%
paraformaldehyde and left for 12-16 hours at 4 C. After fixation, the WO 94/02646 PC1'/US93/06828 214OZ`3 cells are spun to remove the paraformaidehyde and then washed once in PBS and resuspended in 2 x SSC. The cells are used immediately.
Preparation of Probes A. Genetic Testing Probes For a negative control probe, a 25-base sequence from the nitrogen reductase (NR) gene sequence is used (Table 5). For a positive control probe, a 25-base sequence from the 28S gene is used (Table 5).
The genetic testing probes are oligodeoxynucleotides complementary to regions of human chromosomes X, Y, 13, 16, 18 and 21. The details of selection, preparation and labeling of these probes are included in Table 6 below.
B. Fetal cell identification probes.
The fetal cell identification probes (Table 6B) are accessed via the Genetic Sequence Data Bank, GenBank, version 69.0 and prepared from the following gene sequences:
(1) fetal hemoglobin gene, (2) cytokeratin gene, (3) fl-subunit of chorionic gonadotrophin, (4) chorionic somatomammotropin gene (human placental lactogen), (5) a-fetoprotein gene, and (6) pregnancy-specific glycoprotein genes.
The aforesaid sequences are cut into 25-mer oligodeoxynucleotides and synthesized by a DNA synthesizer as aforesaid, and in the last stage an aminohexyl phosphate linker is attached to the 5'-end of each oligonucleotide. The 5'-aminohexyl oligodeoxynucleotides are then coupled to the fluorescent dye FITC
and purified by column chromatography and HPLC.
Control Probes Probe Sequence Designation 28S ATCGAGTAGTGGTATTTCACCGGC SEQ ID NO:1:
NR TACGCTCGATCCAGCTATCAGCCGT SEQ ID NO:2:
Genetic Testing Probes Probe Chromosome GenBank Fluorescent Designation Detected Locus Label Name Alpha-centromeric repeat X HUMSATAX Rhodamine Alpha-centromeric repeat Y HUMSATB Rhodamine Alpha-centromeric repeat 18 HUMREPA84 Rhodamine Collagen type IV 13 HUMCOLI A Rhodamine Amyloid 21 HUMAMYB Rhodamine Fragile X X mut. Fluorescein The Fragile X condition, an amplification, is detected by the probe of SEa ID NO :3:, which is further exemplified below in Example 14.
2140r?3 Fetal Cell Identification Probes Probe GenBank Fluorescent Designation Locus Label Name Fetal Hemoglobin HUMGLBN Fluorescein Human Cytokeratin HUMCYTOK Fluorescein HCG HUMCG3B Fluorescein HCG HUMCG6BA Fluorescein HCG HUMCG7B2 Fluorescein HCG HUMCGB Fluorescein Human Somatomammotropin HUMCS1,3 Fluorescein Alpha Fetoprotein HUMAFP Fluorescein Pregnancy-specific a-glycoprotein Fluorescein Transferrin Receptor HUMTFRR Rhodamine Embryonic Hemoglobin e chain CY5 Embryonic Hemoglobin Cchain CY3 Hybridization For the hybridization procedure using the fetal cell identification probes, to pelleted cells is added 50 NI of a hybridization cocktail consisting of 30% formamide, 5 x SSC, 0.16 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, 1 Ng/NI sheared DNA, 3% (v/v) Triton X-100, 5% PEG 4000, 25 mM DTT, 0.4 M guanidinium isothiocyanate, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, and the probe (a mixture of the fetal cell identification probes) added at a concentration of 2.5 Ng/mI. Hybridizations are carried out in a humidified environment at 42 C for 30 minutes.
Washin4 Post-hybridization, the cells are placed in a 15-mI conical tube to which is added 10 ml of Wash Solution #1. The solution is agitated until the cells are a single-cell suspension and then spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant is removed and 10 ml of Wash Solution #2 is added to the pellet. The second wash solution is agitated until the cells are a single-cell suspension. The cells are again spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant is removed and the cell pellet resuspended in 0.2 ml of a counterstain solution of PBS
containing 0.0025% Evans Blue.
Flow Cytometer Use and Interoretation The cells are analyzed on a Epics Elite sorting flow cytometer (Coulter Instruments). The instrument uses a 488 nm argon laser, a 525 nm band pass for FL1 and a 635 nm long pass filter for the counterstain. For each sample analyzed, the sample containing the negative probe is analyzed first and the quad-stats are set so that less than 0.05% of the cells fall in the upper-right quadrant. Next, the sample hybridized with the positive probe is analyzed under the same parameters as the sample sorted with the negative probe. Cells that fall in the upper right quadrant are collected and are hybridized to determine fetal genetic characteristics.
Results In this experiment, NR is used as a negative control probe while the fetal cell identification probes are the positive probes, and would identify the fetal cells that circulate in maternal blood. The fetal cells would, in turn, be "sorted" as described above then deposited onto glass slides. The fetal cells would then be analyzed with the genetic testing probes as described in Examples 1 and 2.
B. Detection of mRNA to Fetal Hemoglobin To further illustrate and exemplify a probe population prepared for use with the present invention, the following details are provided for the first entry in Table 6B. SEQ ID N0:4: is a 443-nucleotide sequence of three fragments taken from GenBank for the HUMGLBN gene. Bases 1 to 91 of SEQ ID N0:4: are from 2179 to 2269 of HUMGLBN. Bases 92 to 314 of SEQ ID N0:4: are from 2393 to 2615 of HUMGLBN. Bases 315 to 443 are from 3502 to 3630 of 21~OP, 73 HUMGLBN. The population of DNA probes complementary to the target mRNA that is transcribed in the cell from SEQ ID N0:4: is prepared in accordance with the teachings herein.
More specifically, the sequences of the members of the population of probes are provided as SEQ ID NO:5: through SEQ ID
NO:21:, each of which is a 25-mer oligonucleotide of DNA which is complementary to the mRNA target, which is transcribed from the genetic locus named above and more specifically exemplified as SEQ
ID NO:4:. Each such probe is synthesized and labelled at 5' with FITC
as described herein.
Figure 5 is a photomicrograph showing fetal nucleated red blood cells enriched within a maternal peripheral blood sample prepared in accordance with the procedure of Figure 3 and hybridized to the probe population described above. Cells with gray nuclei and distinctive morphology are fetal nucleated red blood cells. - Cells lacking nuclei are fetal erythrocytes or fetal reticulocytes which still contain fetal hemoglobin mRNA.
C. Optional Detection of Multiple RNAs to Increase Specificitv of Fetal Cell Identification As stated above, there are situations where fetal cells express two or more particular RNAs in the same cell while maternal cells from the same specimen source do not contain both RNA species in the same cell. Multiple mRNA or hnRNA species are detected simultaneously in the same cell when only the unique set of RNAs is present, so that a specific signal is detected, which uniquely identifies fetal cells.
Prior to use, cells in suspension are washed with chilled PBS and mixed thoroughly to ensure a single-cell suspension.
In the present Example, the combination of RNAs which is targeted is human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) and transferrin receptor (TR). Although either of these genes is expressed in certain types of maternal cells, the cells which normally express these genes do not circulate in the bloodstream, and no single type of maternal cell expresses both of the genes. However, fetal trophoblasts express both of these genes simultaneously in the same cell.
One or more 25-mer oligonucleotide DNA probes for the sequences for HCG identified in Table 6B is prepared and labeled with fluorescein. One or more 25-mer oligonucleotide DNA probes for the sequence for TR identified in Table 6B is prepared, labeled with rhodamine.
A sample of maternal peripheral blood is washed with chilled PBS and mixed thorougly to ensure a single-cell suspension placed as a smear on a microscope slide. A hybridization is performed as stated above, with probes for HCG and TR.
The signal produced in the fetal trophoblast cells is an additive combination of the green from fluorescein and the red from rhodamine, to yield a 2x signal, which appears yellow-orange.
The Use Of Synthetic Oligonucleotides As Probes For Both Strands Of DNA As Targets For Hybridization Oligomers prepared to both strands of a DNA target produce about twice the signal when compared to the signal produced when probe is made to only one strand of the DNA. In addition, the ability to hybridize to both DNA strands allows simultaneous quantitation of the amount of DNA and RNA within individual cells.
Preparation of Cells The H9 cell line (ATCC No. 8543) is used in the following experiment. Cultured cells are washed with nuclease-free PBS and placed in a single-cell suspension at a concentration that results in clearly separated cells. The cells are spun down to a pellet and the supernatant decanted. The cells are resuspended in 40% ethanol, 50% PBS, and 10% glacial acetic acid. The cells are used immediately.
Probe GenBank Fluorescent Molecular Designation Locus Label Probes, Inc.
Name Cat. #
HIV - sense strand HUMHB102 FITC 1-3 HIV - antisense strand HUMHB102 rhodamine derivative T488 Probe Synthesis, & Labeling The aforementioned HIV sequences are cut into 30-base oligonucleotides and synthesized as phosphorothioate oligonucleotides using DNA synthesizers (Applied Biosystem DNA Synthesizer, Model 380B) and using the recommended A.B.I. reagents. The polysulfurized oligonucleotides are then coupled to a fluorescent dye and purified by column chromatography and HPLC. A 30-base oligonucleotide from the nitrogen reductase gene serves as the negative control probe.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, to pelleted cells is added 50 NI of an hybridization cocktail consisting of 30% formamide, 5 x SSC, 0.16 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, 1 Ng/NI sheared DNA, 3% (v/v) Triton X-100, 5% PEG 4000, 25 mM DTT, 0.4 M
guanidinium isothiocyanate, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, and the probe added at a concentration of 2.5 Ng/mI. Hybridizations are carried out in a humidified environment at 42 C for 30 minutes.
Washin4 Post-hybridization, the cells are placed in a 15 ml conical tube to which is added 10 ml of a wash solution, consisting of 0.1 x SSC, 0.4 M guanidinium isothiocyanate, and 0.1 % Triton X-100 WO 94/02646 214Q2`8 PCT/US93/06828 (Wash Solution #1) at a temperature of 42 C. The solution is agitated until the cells are a single-cell suspension and then spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant is removed and to the pellet is added 10 ml of Wash Solution #2 at a temperature of 42 C. The solution is agitated until the cells are a single cell suspension. The cells are spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant is removed and the cell pellet resuspended in 0.2 ml counterstain solution consisting of 0.0025% Evans Blue in PBS.
Flow Cvtometer Use and Interoretation The cells are analyzed on a FACSTAR instrument (Becton Dickinson). The instrument uses a 5-watt argon laser coupled to a dye head, a 525 nm band pass filter for FL1 and a 584 nm band pass filter for the Rhodamine. For each sample analyzed, the sample containing the negative probe is analyzed first and the guad-stats are set so that less than 0.01 % of the cells fall in the upper-right quadrant or lower-right quadrant. Next, the sample treated with the HIV probes is analyzed under the same parameters as the sample analyzed with the negative probe. Since the quad-stats are set correctly and the two samples have been handled identically, any number of cells (above 0.01 %) recorded in the upper right quadrant are scored as positive for both strands and/or mRNA. Any number of cells (above 0.01 %) that are recorded in the lower right quadrant are scored positive for DNA
only.
Separation of Fetal Cells from Maternal Blood and the Use of Fetal-Cell-Specific Antibodies and DNA Probes to Positively Identify the Fetal Cells Seoaration of Fetal Cells From Maternal Peripheral Blood Percoll Stock and gradient solution was prepared in adherence to the manufacturer's (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) recommendations by mixing 9 parts of Percoll with 1 part 1.5 M
NaCI. The density gradient Percoll solutions were prepared according to Table 8.
Percoll Stock Solution 0.15 M NaCI Total Volume Density 1.065 5.15 ml 4.85 ml 10 ml 1.075 6.00 ml 4.00 ml 10 ml 1.085 6.83 ml 3.17 ml 10 mI
1.100 8.09 ml 1.91 ml 10 ml To concentrate circulating fetal cells, 10 ml of maternal peripheral blood from a woman in the first trimester of pregnancy was overlaid in a 50- mi conical tube on a Percoll discontinuous density gradient consisting of 10 ml each of gradient solutions with densities of 1.100, 1.085, 1.075 and 1.065 g/ml from the bottom of the tube to the top, respectively. The gradient was centrifuged at 360xg for 30 minutes at room temperature. This procedure fractionated the blood in several layers. The first and second layers from the top of the gradient contained most of the circulating fetal trophoblasts.
These layers were collected, diluted with PBS to a volume of 50 ml and centrifuged at 500xg for 5 minutes at room temperature. The pellet, enriched with fetal cells, was washed twice with PBS and centrifuged as above, fixed with 75% chilled ethanol and used for fetal cell identification and genetic disorder testing as described below.
As shown in Figure 4, maternal blood cells were desirably fractionated into several bands using a four-layer Percoll discontinuous density gradient (Tube A, B). Bands 1 and 2 from the top of Tube B
were withdrawn and then added to PBS (Tube C) and centrifuged for 5 minutes at 500xg. The cells were resuspended in PBS and centrifuged as above twice more. The pellet was resuspended in chilled 75% ethanol at a concentration at 106 cells/mI and used the same day or stored at 20 C.
Positive Identification of Fetal Cells A. By Direct Immunofluorescence About 108 ethanol-fixed maternal blood cells enriched with fetal cells were microcentrifuged at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes at room temperature. The pellet was resuspended in 1 ml of buffer A
(8.01 g NaCI, 0.20 g KCI, 1.44 g Na2HPO41 1000 ml distilled, deionized water) containing 5% fetal calf serum (buffer A/FCS) and microcentrifuged as stated above.
This wash step was repeated. The final pellet was resuspended in 100 NI of buffer A/FCS containing 1 NI of anti-human cytokeratin 18-FITC (Sigma Chemical Company Catalog No. F-4772;
mouse host, IgG class 1, clone CY-90) and incubated in the dark for 1-2 hours while mixing gently on an end-to-end mixer. The reaction mixture was then washed 3 times with 1 ml buffer A/FCS as above and the pellet was cytospun on glass slides at 700 rpm for 7 minutes.
Fetal cells were scored using fluorescence microscopy .
WO 94/02646 P(.'I'/US93/06828 Figures 6A and 6B show a representation of these fetal cells stained with anti-human cytokeratin 18-FITC in maternal peripheral blood as described above.
B. Indirect lmmunofluorescence Labeling As an alternative to the direct immunofluorescence described above, an indirect immunofluorescence method can be used.
The procedure was the same as the direct method (described above), except the cells were first incubated in a 1:200 dilution of anti-human cytokeratin (CAM 5.2 from Becton Dickinson Catalogue No. 92-0005) in buffer A/FCS for 40 minutes and washed free of the primary antibody. The cells were then labeled with the secondary antibody tagged with FITC (anti-mouse tgG + IgM from goat); (Boehringer Mannheim Biochemicals Catalog No. 605-25) for 30 minutes and washed from the residual antibody as described above.
The cells were scored as above.
C. Sequential Use of Y Chromosome DNA Probe on Fetal Cells Previously Stained with Anti-Cytokeratin Antibody to Detect Fetal Cells and Perform Genetic Testing in Maternal Blood Preoaration of Cells An additional slide stained with the anti-cytokeratin antibody as described above was taken through the hybridization procedure as described below.
Preoaration of Probes The Y chromosome probes were synthetic oligodeoxynucleotides complementary to regions of human chromosome Y. The details regarding the preparation and labeling of these probes are included in Example 1 and in Table 2.
WO 94/02646 2.140278 PC.'1'/US93/06828 Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, 20 ul of a hybridization cocktail was added to the slide. The cocktail contained PEG, 25%
formamide, 5 x SSC, 1 mg/mI salmon sperm DNA, 15x Ficoll/PVP, 0.4M guanidinium isothiocyanate, 50 mM DTT, 5% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA, 50 mM Na2PO4, and the Y chromosome probe at a concentration of 20 Ng/ml. A coverslip was applied and the slide was incubated at 85 C for 15 minutes in an incubator.
WashinQ
After hybridization, the slides were placed in a Coplin jar to which was added 100 ml of Wash Solution #1. The jar was agitated until the coverslip fell off, and the slide was held in this solution for 2 minutes. This wash solution was removed and Wash Solution #2 was added. This second wash solution was agitated for 1 minute and poured off, and this last wash was repeated 6 times.
Following the washes, 8,ul of Mounting solution was added. The slide was coverslipped and viewed under the fluorescence microscope.
Fluorescence Detection Slides were screened under 40 x objectives using an Olympus BH10 microscope with fluorescence capabilities.
Figure 7 shows a cytokeratin-stained fetal cell (brightly stained cytoplasm) within maternal peripheral blood. The cell has one Y chromosome within its nucleus that has stained positive following hybridization with the rhodamine labeled Y chromosome probe.
Isolation of Trophoblasts from Placenta and Detection of Chromosomes X, Y and 18 Within Their Nuclei Trophoblasts were isolated from term placental tissue by a modified procedure of Wang et. al., American Journal of Reproductive Immunology 16:8-14 (1988).
21.402-78 The trophoblasts were then fixed with 75% chilled ethanol, stained with anti-cytokeratin antibodies as described above (Example 6) and subsequently hybridized to Y, X and 18 chromosome-specific probes also as described above in Example 6.
The origin of the probes for chromosome X, Y and 18 was described in Example 1.
The DNA probes were all labeled with a rhodamine derivative as described in Example 1.
Hybridization, washing and detection was carried out as described in Example 1.
Figure 8A shows the results with the X-chromosome probe; 8B, the Y-chromosome probe; and 8C, the chromosome-18-specific probe. The cytoplasm is stained strongly with the FITC
labeled anticytokeratin antibody. The nuclei in 8A and 8B contain strong single points of light indicating the presence of singae X and Y
chromosomes. The nuclei in 8C contain two strong points of light indicating the presence of two chromosomes 18s.
Use of Fetal-Cell-Specific DNA Probes to Detect Fetal-Cell-Specific mRNA in Cells Obtained from Amniotic Fluid and/or Placenta Preparation of Cells Cells from amniotic fluid were prepared as described above (Example 1) and cells from placenta were prepared as described above (Example 7).
Slides containing normal peripheral mononuclear blood cells were also prepared as described in Example 2 Preparation of Probes The fetal cell identification probes were accessed via the Genetic Sequence Data Bank, GenBank, version 69.0 and prepared from the following gene sequences in Table 9:
Probe GenBank Fluorescent Designation Locus Name Label Human Cytokeratin HUMCYTOK Fluorescein or Rhodamine HCG beta-subunit HUMCG3B Fluorescein or Rhodamine Alpha Fetoprotein HUMAFP Fluorescein or Rhodamine The aforementioned sequences were cut into several 39-base -oligonucleotides and synthesized as phosphorothioate oligonucleotides using DNA synthesizers (Applied Biosystems DNA
Synthesizer, Model 380B) and using the recommended A.B.I.
reagents. The polysulfurized oligonucleotides were then coupled to a FITC (Molecular Probes, Inc. Catalogue No. 1-2) or rhodamine (Catalogue No. T488) and purified by column chromatography and HPLC. As a negative control probe, the HIV probes described in Example 10 were used.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, 20 NI of a hybridization cocktail was added to each slide. The cocktail consisted of 31 % PEG, 25% formamide, 5 x SSC, 1 mg/mI salmon sperm DNA, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, 0.4M guanidinium isothiocyanate, 50 mM DTT, 5% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA, 50 mM Na2PO4, and probe at a concentration of 20 Ng/mI. A coverslip was applied to each slide and was incubated for 30 minutes at 42 C.
Washing After hybridization, the slides were placed in a Coplin jar to which was added 100 ml of Wash Solution #1. The jar was agitated until the coverslip fell off, and the slide was held in this solution for 2 minutes. This wash solution was removed, and Wash Solution #2 was added. This second wash solution was agitated for 1 minute and poured off, and this last wash was repeated 6 times.
Following the washes, 8 NI of mounting solution was added. The slide was coverslipped and viewed under a fluorescent microscope.
Fluorescence Detection Photomicrographs were taken on an Olympus BH10 microscope with fluorescence capabilities, using Kodak Ektachrome EES-135 (PS 800/1600) film, exposed, and push processed at 1600 ASA. A 20-second exposure time was consistently used, so that direct comparisons could be made between all photomicrographs taken.
In each of the cells in the figures below, the bright light (in color photographs, it is orange) from both the nuclei and cytoplasm represent a positive signal. The unstained cells in the photos (in color photographs, it is a red color due to the counterstain) represent maternal cells that are negative for the presence of the fetal cell identification probes.
As a negative control, the HIV probes were hybridized to these amniocytes and trophoblasts and there was no bright hybridization signal.
All of the fetal cell identification probes as well as the HIV probes were used in separate hybridization experiments using normal white blood cells and these cells had no bright hybridization signal indicating that they were all appropriately negative.
Figure 9A shows the results when using the cytokeratin probes to analyze amniocytes (top panel) and trophoblasts (bottom panel).
Figure 9B shows the results when using the HCG probes to analyze amniocytes (top panel) and trophoblasts (bottom panel).
Figure 9C shows the results when using the a-fetoprotein probes to analyze amniocytes (top panel) and trophoblasts (bottom panel).
WO 94/02646 21402( 8 PCT/US93/06828 Use of Anti-Cytokeratin Antibodies and Flow Cytometry to Detect Fetal Trophoblasts Obtained from Placental Tissue Preaaration of Cells Placental trophoblasts were isolated from term placenta and were fixed in 75% chilled ethanol as described in Example 2. The fixed cells were stained with anti-cytokeratin and isotope-control antibodies, both labeled with FITC as stated in Example 6 and analyzed by flow cytometry.
Flow Cytometer Use and Interpretation The cells were analyzed on a Profile II system (Coulter Instruments). The instrument uses a 488 nm argon laser, a 525 nm band pass filter for FL1. For each sample tested, the sample containing the isotope control antibody was analyzed first and the quad-stats were set so that less than 0.2% of the cells fell in the upper-right quadrant. Next, the sample challenged with the anti-cytokeratin antibody was analyzed under the same parameters as the sample challenged with the isotope-control antibody. Since the quad-stats had been set correctly and the two samples had been handled identically, the amount of cells above 0.2% that were recorded in the upper right quadrant were scored as positive.
Use of HIV DNA Probes to Detect HIV mRNA in Placental Fetal Trophoblasts or Amniocytes Preparation of Cells Trophoblasts are isolated from term placental tissue by a modified procedure as described in Example 7. Amniocytes are obtained through amniocentesis. The H9 HIV cell line and peripheral blood polymorphonuclear cells served as positive and negative controls, respectively. These cells are washed with nuclease-free PBS
and are placed in a single-cell suspension at a concentration resulting in clearly separated cells. The cells are spun down to a pellet and the supernatant decanted. The cells are resuspended in 0.5 %
paraformaldehyde and left for 12-16 hours at 4 C. After fixation, the cells are spun to remove the fixative and then washed once in PBS
and resuspended in 2 x SSC. The cells are used immediately.
Preparation of Probes A negative control probe, sequences for human papillomavirus (HPV) type 16 and HPV type 18 (Table 10) were obtained from the published sequences and were accessed via the Genetic Sequence Data Bank, GenBank, version 69Ø
Probe GenBank Fluorescent Designation Locus Name Label HPV 16 PPH16 Fluorescein HPV 18 PPH18 Fluorescein HIV HUMBH102 Fluorescein Twenty separate HPV probes (10 for HPV type 16 and 10 for type HPV 18) and 180 HIV probes are synthesized by cutting the HIV sequences into several 39-base oligonucleotides and synthesized as phosphorothioate oligonucleotides using DNA
synthesizers (Applied Biosystems DNA Synthesizer, Model 380B) and using the recommended A.B.I. reagents. The phosphorothioate oligonucleotides are then coupled to FITC and purified by column chromatography and HPLC.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, to pelleted cells was added 50 NI of an hybridization cocktail consisting of 30% formamide, 5 x SSC, 0.16M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, 1,ug/NI sheared DNA, 3% (v/v) Triton X-100, 5% PEG 4000, 25 mM DTT, 0.4M
guanidinium isothiocyanate, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, and the probe added at a concentration of 2.5 Ng/mI. Hybridizations were carried out in a humidified environment at 42 C for 30 minutes.
Washing Post-hybridization, the cells were placed in a 15 ml conical tube to which was added 10 ml of Wash Solution #1 (heated to 42 C). The solution was agitated until the cells were a single-cell suspension and then spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant was removed and to the pellet was added 10 ml of Wash Solution #2 (heated to 42 C). The second wash solution was agitated until the cells were a single-cell suspension. The cells were spun at 250 x g for 5 minutes. The supernatant was removed and the cell pellet resuspended in 0.2 ml of a PBS counterstain solution containing 0.0025% Evans Blue.
Flow Cytometer Use and Interpretation The cells were analyzed on a Profile II system as aforesaid. The instrument uses a 488 nm argon laser, a 525 nm band pass filter for FL1 and a 635 nm band pass filter for the counterstain.
For each sample analyzed, the sample containing the negative probe was analyzed first and the quad-stats were set so that less than 0.01 % of the cells fell in the u.pper-right quadrant. Next, the sample analyzed with the positive probe was analyzed under the exact same parameters as the sample analyzed with the negative probe. Since the quad-stats had been set correctly and the two samples had been handled identically, cells (above 0.01 %) recorded in the upper right quadrant were scored as positive.
Synthesis of Multiple-Reporter Labeled Oligonucleotides To obtain maximum sensitivity, a preferred embodiment of the present invention employs oligonucleotide probes that are labeled with multiple reporter moieties, such as fluorescent moieties.
This Example describes the preparation of such probes.
Two hundred Ng of dried oligonucleotide is dissolved in 100 NI of 250 mM Tris buffer pH 7.4, to form a first solution. One mg of iodoacetamido-fluorescein is combined with 100 NI of dry DMF
to create a 200-NI reaction mixture. The two solutions are mixed together and shaken overnight. This results in an oligonucleotide to acetamido-fluorescein ratio of 1:5 in the reaction mixture. One mg of iodoacetamido-fluorescein is again combined with 100 NI of DMF, and this 100 NI is combined with the 200 NI of reaction mixture. Another 100 NI of 250 mM Tris buffer is added to the 400 NI of reaction mixture and the reaction is allowed to continue for another 6 hours.
The labeled oligonucleotide is precipitated with ethanol and 3 M
sodium acetate. This crude material is then loaded on to a PD-10 column to remove free dye. The desired fractions are collected. The liquid phase is then removed under vacuum. The crude material is then purified by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
Probes for Both Strands of a DNA Target The procedure of the Examples above may be modified as follows:
(1) Four hundred sixteen (416) separate probes (208 for type 16 and 208 for type 18) each designed as 30-bases in length, are synthesized. However, in addition to making probes corresponding to those 416 separate oligonucleotides that together comprise probes for one strand of each of the two HPV targets, one also makes 416 additional oligonucleotide probes for the second strand of both of the two HPV targets. The probes for the first strand will be "out of phase" relative to the second strand probes as regards how they map on a map of the HPV genome. As a result, one-half (15 nucleotides) of each first strand probe will be complementary (in nucleotide sequence) to one-half of one second strand probe and the other half (15 nucleotides) of that first strand probe will be complementary to a portion of another second strand probe. Staggering of the probes means that, because of the shortness of the overlap (10 nucleotides), probes of the first strand will not hybridize significantly to probes of the second strand. On the other hand, about twice as much hybridization is detected as compared to the situation where only probes corresponding to one strand are used.
(2) Probes are made as phosphorothioate oligonucleotides, each 30-mer having four sulfur atoms, using an Applied Biosystem (ABI) DNA Synthesizer, Model 380B and the recommended A.B.I. reagents. The sulfur atoms are located as follows: one is at the extreme 5' end of the probe, a second is between the 7th and 8th nucleosides (counting from the 5' end), the third is between the 22nd and 23rd nucleosides, and the fourth is between the 29th and 30th nucleosides. The sulfur atoms of the polysulfurized oligonucleotides are then coupled to a fluorescent dye, iodoacetamido-fluorescein, as follows (smaller amounts can be synthesized by adjusting the volumes): 200 Ng of dried oligonucleotide is dissolved in 100 NI of 250 mM Tris buffer, pH 7.4 to form a first solution. Then 1 mg of iodoacetamido-fluorescein is combined with 100 NI of dry dimethylformamide (i.e., 100 percent DMF) in a second solution. The two solutions are mixed together and shaken overnight.
After the overnight incubation, the labeled oligonucleotide is precipitated with ethanol and 3 M sodium acetate. This crude material is then loaded on to a PD-10 column to remove free dye. The desired fractions are then collected. The liquid phase is then removed under vacuum. The crude material is then purified with HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography).
(3) Negative control probes are constructed in analogy to steps (1) and (2).
(4) The hybridization cocktail is modified as follows:
1.5% PEG is used instead of 31 % PEG, 30% formamide is used instead of 21 % formamide, 10% DMSO (10% v/v) is included, and 5% (v/v) of vitamin E is included. Also instead of adding 50 NI of the hybridization cocktail to the slide, 40 NI of the cocktail is added to 5 NI
of squalene plus 5 NI of pyrrolidinone and the combined 50 NI is added to the slide. It can be useful to add 5 NI of 1 M (1 molar) DTT and 5 NI of Proteinase K (1 mg/mI) solution per 100 NI of hybridization cocktail and run the hybridization reaction at, for example, 42 C for 5 minutes, then at 95 C for 5 minutes, and then at 42 C for 2 minutes.
It can also be useful to add about 0.05% or 0.10% aurintricarboxylic acid (ATA) in the hybridization cocktail.
(5) Instead of adding 8 NI of antifade/Hoechst to the slide, 8 NI of the following solution is added: 9 volumes of solution A
plus 1 volume of solution B where solution A is 0.01 % 1,4 diphenylamine (antifade) plus nuclear stain Hoechst (#33258; 1 Ng/mI) plus 0.0025% Evans Blue in 50% (v/v) glycerol plus 50% (v/v) 1 x PBS (0.136 M NaCI, 0.003 M KCI, 0.008 M Na2HPO41 0.001 M
KH2PO4) and solution B is dodecyl alcohol.
The Use of DNA Probes and In Situ Hybridization to Determine the Presence of the Philadelphia Chromosome Preparation of Cells White blood cells from peripheral blood or bone marrow from patients with chronic myelogenous leukemia are deposited onto glass slide by the cytospin method.
Preparation of Probes Several 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide probes are prepared from the DNA sequence listed in the table below.
WO 94/02646 21402` 8 PC.'T/US93/06828 Probe Chromosome GenBank Designation Detected LocusName Probe Synthesis and Labeling The oligodeoxynucleotides are synthesized and labeled as described in Example 1.
Hybridization For the hybridization procedure, the cells are deposited onto slides. 20 to 25 NI of a hybridization cocktail consisting of 31 %
PEG, 30% formamide, 5x SSC, 0.1 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH
7.4, 100 Ng/mI low molecular weight, denatured, salmon or herring sperm DNA, 10% (v/v) Triton X-100, 10% DMSO, 15 x Ficoll/PVP, 0.4 M guanidinium isothiocyanate, 10 mM DTT, and 0.025 M EDTA
and the probe added at a concentration of 20 ug/mI is applied.
A coverslip is applied and the slide is heated to 95 C for 5 minutes, allowed to cool to 42 C. and incubated for 25 minutes at that temperature.
Washing and Detection Washing and detection are done as described in Example 1.
Chronic myelogenous leukemia is associated with a characteristic chromosomal translocation between chromosomes 9 and 22, resulting in the so-called Philadelphia Chromosome, 22q +.
[See: Rowley, JD: A new consistent chromosomal abnormality in myelogenous leukemia identified by quinacrine fluorescence and Giemsa staining. Nature 243:290 (1973); Heisterkamp N, et al.:
Structural organization of the bcr gene and its role in the Ph translocation. Nature 315:758 (1985)]
WO 94/02646 P(,T/US93/06828 Because the probes for the bcr gene are prepared such that they span the break point cluster region to include both the 5' and the 3' ends of the gene, when a translocation occurs there are three points of light ("dots") within the cell. One bright dot would represent the unaffected chromosome and two less intense dots would represent the un-translocated 5' bcr gene while the second less intense dot would represent that 3' end of the bcr gene that translocated to Chromosome 9.
In an alternative format, sequences from the c-abl gene that translocate to Chromosome 22 are accessed and prepared as described above. These sequences are labeled with a second fluorescent moiety and added to the hybridization solution. Now when a translocation occurs, one positive signal (representing the 5' end of the bcr gene still on Chromosome 22) would appear in one color (e.g., green) and adjacent to another positive signal (representing the c-abl gene that translocated to Chromosome 22) which would appear in a second color (e.g., red).
Detection of the Fragile X Chromosome in Amniocytes and in Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells Preoaration of Cells Two ml of Amniotic fluid is diluted to 10 ml with PBS and centrifuged at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes. The resultant cell pellet is suspended in 800 NI of ethanol and methanol (v:v, 3:1). 200 ,ul of the sample is deposited on each slide by the cytospin method. In addition, approximately 5,000 peripheral blood mononuclear cells obtained from a normal male are deposited onto a glass slide by the cytospin method.
Preparation of Probes A 25-base synthetic oligonucleotide consisting of SEQ ID
NO:3: is synthesized and labeled as described in Example 1.
Hybridization, Washina and Detection Hybridization, washing and detection are done as described in Examples 1 and 13.
The Fragile X syndrome is caused by mutations that increase the size of a specific DNA fragment (containing a lengthy CGG repeat) of the X chromosome (in Xq27.3). See, e.g., Francois Rousseau, M.D. et al., N Engi J Med, 325:1673-1681 (1991).
Following the aforesaid procedure, when an amplification of the CGG DNA fragment is present, there is an increase in the intensity of the signal. Using any of a number of image analysis systems, this signal is quantified and compared to normal controls to determine whether or not a Fragile X chromosome, i.e., an amplification of CGG, is present. Such image analysis systems include, for example: ACAS 570 from Meridian Instruments, Okemos, MI; and instruments from Perseptive Systems, Inc., League City, TX; and Applied Imaging, Santa Clara, CA.
Concentration of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells Within Maternal Blood Using Direct Negative Selection Method A sample consisting of 20 ml of maternal peripheral blood is diluted to 35 ml with buffer solution A and overlaid on top of 15 ml Histopaque-1083 in a 50-m1 conical tube. The tube is centrifuged at 700 x g for 30 minutes, and the interphase layer is collected into a fresh 50-m1 conical tube, the volume then being brought up to 40 ml with buffer A. The conical tube is then centrifuged for 10 minutes at 1000 rpm (200 x g). The cell pellet is re-suspended in 1 ml of buffer solution B and mixed with pre-washed immunomagnetic beads coated with anti-CD45. The bead/cell mixture is allowed to react for 10 minutes, during which the unwanted leucocytes are reacted to the beads while nucleated red blood cells (NRBCs) stay in the solution. A
magnetic particle concentrator is applied to the side of the reaction tube. The magnetic beads and material complexed thereto collect on the side of the reaction tube adjacent to the magnet. The supernatant fluid, containing NRBCs, is then poured off, cytospun, fixed for 5 minutes in 80% ethanol and used for in situ hybridization.
Concentration of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells Within Maternal Blood Using Alternate Direct Negative Selection Method The procedure of Example 15 is performed, but with the following modification: Instead of using immunomagnetic beads coated with anti-CD45, a cocktail containing immunomagnetic beads coated with monoclonal antibodies against various components of maternal blood (but not fetal erythrocytes) is used to effectively remove the non-fetal cells as well as platelets from the specimen, leaving behind the fetal target cells.
Antibody Selection -To determine whether a particular antibody or mixture of antibodies would be suitable for use in accordance with the present invention, the following procedure may be performed:
Perform a density separation on a sample of umbilical cord blood as in Example 4. Resuspend the buffy coat in 1 ml of Buffer Solution B. Prepare a control slide by cytospinning 50 NI of this cell suspension and fixing by dipping slide in 3:1 ethanol/methanol.
Prepare a test slide by removing a sample of 1 x 106 cells from the aforesaid buffy coat resuspension and adding 20 /,rg of the antibody to be tested, coupled to magnetic beads. Prepare the cells as described in Example 6. Perform microscopic examination of slides as in Example 6 and determine the ratio of fetal nucleated red blood cells to total cells on each slide. If the ratio for the test slide is between 75%
and 125% of the corresponding ratio for the control slide, the antibody is considered acceptable. For example, an acceptable result ~ ~ ~ 0278 PC'T/US93/06828 would be a control slide having 5 NRBCs per 10,000 cells and the corresponding test slide having 4 NRBCs per 10,000 cells.
Concentration of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells Within Maternal Blood Using Indirect Negative Selection Method A 20-mi sample of maternal peripheral blood is diluted to 36 ml with buffer solution A and overlaid on the top of 15 ml of Histopaque 1083 in a 50-m1 conical tube. The tube is centrifuged at 700 x g for 30 minutes, and the interphase layer (buffy coat) is collected into a fresh conical tube. The volume is then brought up to 40 ml with buffer solution A and the tube is centrifuged for 10 minutes at 200 x g. The cell pellet is re-suspended in a solution containing monoclonal antibody. The monoclonal antibody is anti-CD45 or a mixture of monoclonal antibodies selected from the group consisting of anti-CD45, anti-CD34, anti-CD12, anti-CD31, and anti-CD44 in a 1-mi reaction volume. The cells are allowed to react with the antibody for 30 minutes at 4 C. The mixture is then microcentrifuged at 500 rpm for 5 minutes, and the supernatant is aspirated off. The cell pellet is washed with 1400 ml of the reaction buffer (buffer solution A), and the pellet is re-suspended in 1 ml buffer solution B. The cell suspension is then mixed with pre-washed bends coated with sheep anti-mouse IgG, and the mixture is allowed to react for 10 minutes during which most of the non-wanted cells (leucocytes and erthyrocytes) react with the beads, forming cell/bead complexes.
The complexes are then removed from the reaction by a magnetic particle concentrator, which collects the complexes on the side of the reaction tube. The supernatant containing NRBC's is directly loaded on cytospin to make slides. The slides are fixed with 80% ethanol and used for fluorescent in situ hybridization.
Detection of Feta! Nticleated Red Blood Cel{s Enriched from Maternal Blood and Simultaneous Detection of Chromosome Abnormalities Slides prepared in accordance with Examples 15, 16 and 17 are hybridized on slides in a single step using probes for fetal hemoglobin mRNA as in Example 3 and probes for human chrosomes as in Example 4.
A fetal nucleated red blood cell that was hybridized simultaneously to DNA probes specific to fetal hemoglobin mRNA as described in Example 4, part B and to probes for human chromosomes X and Y as described in Example 4, part A was obtained. A greenish cytoplasm indicates that the cell is a fetal nucleated red blood cell, due to signal from fluorescein-labeled probe for HbF mRNA. A green dot within the nucleus is a signal for X chromosome, from fluorescein-labeled probes for X. A red dot within the nucleus is a signal for Y
chromosome, from rhodamine-labeled probes for Y.
EXAMPt-E 19 Detection of Fetal Nucleated Red Blood Cells Enriched From Maternal Blood Using Indirect Immunof{uorescence Techniques An alternative procedure for detecting fetal cells is to perform ttie procedure of Exarriple 18, rYiodified as follows: Iristead of using DNA probes to fetal hemoglobin mRNA, monoclonal antibody against fetal hemofllobin protein (Accurate Chemical, cat. no. IRXG-11149) is useci. Enric:hed cells are fixed in 2% paraformaldehyde for two ttours, wastieci free of fixative and reacted witti a 1:100 dilution of anti-HbF antibody for 30 min. The amount of antibody added is 2-20 Ng per million fetal erythrocyte cells in the sample. The excess antibody is rernoved by washing the cells twice with PBS. Next the cells are stained for 30 min. with a 1:100 dilution of a monocional antibody that selectively binds to the anti-HbF antibody (Etiro-Path, Ltd.) and that is tagged with alkaline phosphatase. Excess antibody is removed by washing with PBS, and Vector Red as a substrate (Vector Chemical Co.) is added to the cells. In a later step, excess substrate is washed off. The cells are cytospun on glass slides and used for in situ hybridization, as in Example 18.
Enrichment of Fetal Cells Within Maternal Blood By Lysing Maternal Erythrocytes Maternal blood specimens are treated with 0.075 M KCI
for 15 min at 37 C. This treatment selectively lyses maternal erythrocytes, leaving intact all nucleated cells present in the sample.
The lysate is then contacted with beads coated with anti-CD45 or, more generally, with one or more antibodies against cell surface antigens of maternal blood cells. The mixture is aliowed to react. The beads along with cells ligated thereto are then removed from the mixture with a magnetic particle collector. The remaining liquid, containing primarily fetal nucleated erythrocytes, is used to make cytospun slides as described hereinabove. This procedure may be performed entirely in an automated device.
The foregoing description of the preferred embodiments of the invention has been presented for purposes of illustration and description. It is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed, and obviously many modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teaching. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical application to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best utilize the invention in various embodiments and with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. It is intended that the scope of the invention be defined by the claims appended hereto.
~= - ~ .
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATIONs (i) APPLICANT: Aegari, Morteza Prashad, Nagindra Cubbage, Michael. Lee Ju, Shyh-chan Slick, Mark Bresser, Joel (ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: Enriching and Identifying Fetal Celle In Maternal Blood For In Situ Hybridization (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCESs 21 (iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: James F. Weller, Attorney-at-Law (B) STREETt One Riverway, Suite 1560 (C) CITY: Houston (D) STATEs Texas (E) COUNTRYs USA
(F) ZIPt 77056 (v) COMPUTER READABLE FORMs (A) MEDIUM TYPE: Floppy disk (B) COMPUTER: IBN PC compatible (C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(0) SOFTWAREs WordPerfect 5.1 (vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILING DATEs 7-19-93 (C) CLASSIFICATION:
(viii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: Weiler, James F.
(8) REGISTRATION NUMBERs 16,040 (C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: D-5507 CIP PCT
(ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: 713-626-8646 (B) TELEFAX: 713-963-5853 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:1:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHt 24 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGYt linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (iii) HYPOTHETICALs NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSEt NO
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONt SEQ IO NO:lt ATCGAGTAGT GGTATTTCAC CGGC 24.
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOt2t (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULS TYPE: DNA (genomic) (iii) HYPOTHETICALs NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSEs NO
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEt DNA (genomic) (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSEt NO
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOS4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHs 443 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:4:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOt5t (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHs 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGYs linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:5:
TCAGTGGTAT CTCGAGGACA GGGCA 2g (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOt6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEt cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONs SEQ ID NO:6:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPEt nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESSs single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEt cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONt SEQ ID NO:?:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOsS:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICSs (A) LENGTHs 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESSt single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:8:
G1IATTCTTTG CCGAAATGGA TTGCC , 2'6.
(2) INFORN,ATION FOR SEQ ID N019:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 baee pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:9:
AAAACGGTCA CCAGCACATT TCCCA 2S_ (2) INFORHATION FOR SEQ ID N0:10:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONt SEQ ID NO:10:
GGAGCTTGAA GTTCTCAGGA TCCAC ZS
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:llt (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGYt linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEt cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:11:
ATGCAGCTTG TCACAGTGCA GTTCA 2S_ _76-(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:12:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHt 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:12:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:13:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESSs single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:13:
GATCATCCAG GTGCTTTATG GCATC 25' (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:14:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:14:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:15:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
.77_ (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:15s (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NOs16s (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICSs (A) LENGTH: 25 baee paire (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: =ingle (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONs SEQ ID NO:16z (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:17:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 base paire (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGYt linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONs SEQ ID NO:17:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:18t (i) SEQUENCE CFiARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 baee pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDtiA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICALs N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID.N0:18s (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:19:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTHt 25 base pairs (8) TYPEs nucleic acid .76.
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iil) HYPOTHETICALs N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NOt19s (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:20t (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 25 baee pairs (B) TYPEt nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:20:
TCTTCCACAT TCACCTTGCC CCACA ZS
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:21:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
.(A) LENGTH: 25 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPEs cDNA to mRNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICALs N
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ TD NO:21s
Claims (70)
1. A method for distinguishing individual fetal cells from adult cells in a blood specimen, said method comprising:
(i) treating a blood specimen from a pregnant female to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) depositing said mixture of cells on a solid support;
(iii) performing in situ hybridization on said mixture of cells on said solid support under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a detectably-labeled probe complementary to a messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in target fetal cells to be distinguished, but not in said adult cells;
(iv) removing said hybridization medium together with unhybridized probe from said cells on said solid support; and (v) detecting said detectably-labeled probe remaining in said cells;
whereby cells in which said detectably-labeled probe is detected are identified as said target fetal cells.
(i) treating a blood specimen from a pregnant female to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) depositing said mixture of cells on a solid support;
(iii) performing in situ hybridization on said mixture of cells on said solid support under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a detectably-labeled probe complementary to a messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in target fetal cells to be distinguished, but not in said adult cells;
(iv) removing said hybridization medium together with unhybridized probe from said cells on said solid support; and (v) detecting said detectably-labeled probe remaining in said cells;
whereby cells in which said detectably-labeled probe is detected are identified as said target fetal cells.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein:
said messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in said target fetal cells is:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid.
said messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in said target fetal cells is:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein:
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein step (i) of treating a blood specimen comprises the steps:
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) placing into a centrifuge tube at least one layer of density gradient material;
(c) overlayering said layer of density gradient material with a layer of said uncoagulated blood specimen;
(d) subjecting said centrifuge tube to a force field in a manner whereby erythrocytes pass below a layer of density gradient material and nucleated cells are preferentially retained at an interface of density gradient material; and (e) recovering said nucleated cells from said interface.
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) placing into a centrifuge tube at least one layer of density gradient material;
(c) overlayering said layer of density gradient material with a layer of said uncoagulated blood specimen;
(d) subjecting said centrifuge tube to a force field in a manner whereby erythrocytes pass below a layer of density gradient material and nucleated cells are preferentially retained at an interface of density gradient material; and (e) recovering said nucleated cells from said interface.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein step (i) enriches the proportion of said fetal cells from said blood specimen, step (i) comprising the steps:
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) contacting said uncoagulated blood specimen with antibodies to an antigen that is present on at least some of said adult cells but not on said target fetal cells, thereby forming antibody-bound cells;
(c) removing at least a portion of said antibody-bound cells from said uncoagulated blood specimen; and (d) recovering cells remaining in said uncoagulated blood specimen to yield a mixture of cells enriched in fetal cells.
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) contacting said uncoagulated blood specimen with antibodies to an antigen that is present on at least some of said adult cells but not on said target fetal cells, thereby forming antibody-bound cells;
(c) removing at least a portion of said antibody-bound cells from said uncoagulated blood specimen; and (d) recovering cells remaining in said uncoagulated blood specimen to yield a mixture of cells enriched in fetal cells.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein said detectably-labeled probe bears a label, the label being:
a radioactive label, a fluorescer, a chemiluminescer, an enzyme label, biotin, or a detectable antigenic group.
a radioactive label, a fluorescer, a chemiluminescer, an enzyme label, biotin, or a detectable antigenic group.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein said label is a fluorescer, the fluorescer being:
fluorescein, coumarin, rhodamine, rhodamine derivatives, cyanine dyes or phycoerythrin.
fluorescein, coumarin, rhodamine, rhodamine derivatives, cyanine dyes or phycoerythrin.
8. A method for characterizing fetal cells present in a cellular specimen, said method comprising:
(i) treating a cellular specimen to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) depositing said mixture of cells on a solid support;
(iii) performing in situ hybridization on said cells on said solid support under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising:
a first probe complementary to a target messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in target fetal cells to be detected, said first probe bearing a detectable first label; and a second probe complementary to a target nucleotide sequence, said second probe bearing a detectable second label distinguishable from said first label;
(iv) removing said hybridization medium together with unhybridized probe from said cells on said solid support;
(v) detecting said target fetal cells by detecting a first signal of said first detectable label remaining in said cells; and (vi) characterizing said detected target fetal cells by detecting a second signal of said second detectable label remaining in said cells;
whereby cells in which said first and said second signal are detected are characterized as being said target fetal cells in which said target nucleotide sequence is present.
(i) treating a cellular specimen to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) depositing said mixture of cells on a solid support;
(iii) performing in situ hybridization on said cells on said solid support under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising:
a first probe complementary to a target messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in target fetal cells to be detected, said first probe bearing a detectable first label; and a second probe complementary to a target nucleotide sequence, said second probe bearing a detectable second label distinguishable from said first label;
(iv) removing said hybridization medium together with unhybridized probe from said cells on said solid support;
(v) detecting said target fetal cells by detecting a first signal of said first detectable label remaining in said cells; and (vi) characterizing said detected target fetal cells by detecting a second signal of said second detectable label remaining in said cells;
whereby cells in which said first and said second signal are detected are characterized as being said target fetal cells in which said target nucleotide sequence is present.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein:
said messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in said target fetal cells is:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid, and said target nucleotide sequence is a nucleotide sequence characteristic of an entity, the entity being: a virus, a chromosome or a messenger ribonucleic acid.
said messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in said target fetal cells is:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid, and said target nucleotide sequence is a nucleotide sequence characteristic of an entity, the entity being: a virus, a chromosome or a messenger ribonucleic acid.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein:
said virus is: human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus, or herpes virus.
said virus is: human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus, or herpes virus.
11. The method of claim 10, said method further comprising:
determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected;
comparing said quantity of said signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of signal emitted from individual cells known to be not virally infected;
wherein:
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the absence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the presence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells.
determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected;
comparing said quantity of said signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of signal emitted from individual cells known to be not virally infected;
wherein:
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the absence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the presence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells.
12. The method of claim 9, wherein:
said chromosome is: human chromosome Y, human chromosome X, human chromosome 1, human chromosome 13, human chromosome 16, human chromosome 18 or human chromosome 21.
said chromosome is: human chromosome Y, human chromosome X, human chromosome 1, human chromosome 13, human chromosome 16, human chromosome 18 or human chromosome 21.
13. The method of claim 12, said method further comprising:
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells, (b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to have a normal karyotype; and (c) comparing said quantity of said signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of signal emitted from individual cells known to have a normal karyotype;
wherein:
determination of a subnormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic deletion in said individual fetal cells;
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a normal genetic status in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic duplication or amplification in said individual fetal cells.
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells, (b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to have a normal karyotype; and (c) comparing said quantity of said signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of signal emitted from individual cells known to have a normal karyotype;
wherein:
determination of a subnormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic deletion in said individual fetal cells;
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a normal genetic status in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic duplication or amplification in said individual fetal cells.
14. The method of claim 9, wherein:
said messenger ribonucleic acid is: human immunodeficiency virus messenger ribonucleic acid, hepatitis virus messenger ribonucleic acid, or herpes virus messenger ribonucleic acid.
said messenger ribonucleic acid is: human immunodeficiency virus messenger ribonucleic acid, hepatitis virus messenger ribonucleic acid, or herpes virus messenger ribonucleic acid.
15. The method of claim 14, said method further comprising:
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected; and (c) comparing said quantity of said second signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second signal emitted in individual cells known to be not virally infected;
wherein:
an excess of said second signal within an individual fetal cell over that determined in individual cells known to be not virally infected is indicative of the presence of said target mRNA in said individual fetal cells.
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected; and (c) comparing said quantity of said second signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second signal emitted in individual cells known to be not virally infected;
wherein:
an excess of said second signal within an individual fetal cell over that determined in individual cells known to be not virally infected is indicative of the presence of said target mRNA in said individual fetal cells.
16. The method of claim 8, wherein:
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
17. The method of claim 8, wherein said label is a radioactive label, a fluorescer, a chemiluminescer, an enzyme label, biotin, or a detectable antigenic group.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein said label is a fluorescer, the fluorescer being: fluorescein, coumarin, rhodamine, rhodamine derivatives, cyanine dyes or phycoerythrin.
19. A method for identifying fetal cells in a specimen, said method comprising:
(i) treating a specimen from a pregnant female to yield a suspension of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) performing in situ hybridization on said suspension of cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a detectably-labeled probe complementary to a messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in fetal cells to be identified but not in said adult cells;
(iii) removing unhybridized probe from said cells; and (iv) detecting said detectably-labeled probe remaining in said cells;
wherein said cells in which said detectably-labeled probe is detected are identified as fetal cells.
(i) treating a specimen from a pregnant female to yield a suspension of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) performing in situ hybridization on said suspension of cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a detectably-labeled probe complementary to a messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in fetal cells to be identified but not in said adult cells;
(iii) removing unhybridized probe from said cells; and (iv) detecting said detectably-labeled probe remaining in said cells;
wherein said cells in which said detectably-labeled probe is detected are identified as fetal cells.
20. A method for distinguishing fetal cells from adult cells in a blood specimen, said method comprising:
(i) treating a blood specimen from a pregnant female to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) amplifying one or more messenger ribonucleic acids within said cells, said messenger ribonucleic acids being selectively expressed in target fetal cells to be distinguished but not expressed in adult blood cells;
(iii) performing in situ hybridization on said cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a detectably-labeled probe complementary to said amplified messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in said target fetal cells but not expressed in adult blood cells;
(iv) removing said hybridization medium and unhybridized probe from said mixture of cells to yield hybridized cells; and (v) detecting said detectably-labeled probe remaining in said hybridized cells;
whereby cells in which said detectably-labeled probe is detected are identified as said target fetal cells.
(i) treating a blood specimen from a pregnant female to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) amplifying one or more messenger ribonucleic acids within said cells, said messenger ribonucleic acids being selectively expressed in target fetal cells to be distinguished but not expressed in adult blood cells;
(iii) performing in situ hybridization on said cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a detectably-labeled probe complementary to said amplified messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in said target fetal cells but not expressed in adult blood cells;
(iv) removing said hybridization medium and unhybridized probe from said mixture of cells to yield hybridized cells; and (v) detecting said detectably-labeled probe remaining in said hybridized cells;
whereby cells in which said detectably-labeled probe is detected are identified as said target fetal cells.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein:
said one or more messenger ribonucleic acids that are selectively expressed in said target fetal cells are:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid.
said one or more messenger ribonucleic acids that are selectively expressed in said target fetal cells are:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid.
22. The method of claim 20, wherein:
step (v) of detecting is achieved by use of a fluorescence microscope or a flow cytometer.
step (v) of detecting is achieved by use of a fluorescence microscope or a flow cytometer.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein step (v) of detecting said detectably-labeled probe comprises:
passing said mixture of cells through a flow cytometer; and detecting the signal emitted by individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer.
passing said mixture of cells through a flow cytometer; and detecting the signal emitted by individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer.
24. The method of claim 20, wherein:
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
25. The method of claim 20, wherein step (i) of treating a blood specimen comprises the steps:
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) placing into a centrifuge tube at least one layer of density gradient material;
(c) overlayering said layer of density gradient material with a layer of said uncoagulated blood specimen;
(d) subjecting said centrifuge tube to a force field in a manner whereby erythrocytes pass below a layer of density gradient material and nucleated cells are preferentially retained at an interface of density gradient material; and (e) recovering said nucleated cells from said interface.
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) placing into a centrifuge tube at least one layer of density gradient material;
(c) overlayering said layer of density gradient material with a layer of said uncoagulated blood specimen;
(d) subjecting said centrifuge tube to a force field in a manner whereby erythrocytes pass below a layer of density gradient material and nucleated cells are preferentially retained at an interface of density gradient material; and (e) recovering said nucleated cells from said interface.
26. The method of claim 20, wherein said step (i) of treating a blood specimen comprises the steps:
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) contacting said uncoagulated blood specimen with antibodies to an antigen that is present on said adult cells but not on said target fetal cells, thereby forming antibody-bound cells;
(c) removing said antibody-bound cells from said uncoagulated blood specimen; and (d) recovering cells remaining in said uncoagulated blood specimen.
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) contacting said uncoagulated blood specimen with antibodies to an antigen that is present on said adult cells but not on said target fetal cells, thereby forming antibody-bound cells;
(c) removing said antibody-bound cells from said uncoagulated blood specimen; and (d) recovering cells remaining in said uncoagulated blood specimen.
27. The method of claim 20, wherein said label is a radioactive label, a fluorescer, a chemiluminescer, an enzyme label, biotin, or a detectable antigenic group.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein said label is a fluorescer, said fluorescer being: fluorescein, coumarin, rhodamine, rhodamine derivatives, cyanine dyes or phycoerythrin.
29. A method for determining the presence of a target nucleotide sequence in individual fetal cells present in a cellular specimen, said method comprising:
(i) treating a cellular specimen to yield a suspension of cells, said suspension of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) amplifying one or more messenger ribonucleic acids within said cells, said messenger ribonucleic acids being selectively expressed in fetal cells but not expressed in adult cells;
(iii) performing in situ hybridization on said cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising:
a first probe complementary to a target messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in fetal cells, said first probe bearing a detectable first label; and a second probe complementary to a target nucleotide sequence, said second probe bearing a detectable second label distinguishable from said detectable first label;
(iv) removing said hybridization medium and unhybridized probe from said mixture of cells to yield hybridized cells; and (v) detecting a first signal of said first label and a second signal of said second label remaining in said cells;
whereby the cells in which said first signal is detected are characterized as being fetal cells, and the cells in which said first and said second signal are detected are characterized as being fetal cells in which said target nucleotide sequence is present.
(i) treating a cellular specimen to yield a suspension of cells, said suspension of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) amplifying one or more messenger ribonucleic acids within said cells, said messenger ribonucleic acids being selectively expressed in fetal cells but not expressed in adult cells;
(iii) performing in situ hybridization on said cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising:
a first probe complementary to a target messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in fetal cells, said first probe bearing a detectable first label; and a second probe complementary to a target nucleotide sequence, said second probe bearing a detectable second label distinguishable from said detectable first label;
(iv) removing said hybridization medium and unhybridized probe from said mixture of cells to yield hybridized cells; and (v) detecting a first signal of said first label and a second signal of said second label remaining in said cells;
whereby the cells in which said first signal is detected are characterized as being fetal cells, and the cells in which said first and said second signal are detected are characterized as being fetal cells in which said target nucleotide sequence is present.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein said messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in the fetal cells is:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid; and said target nucleotide sequence is a nucleotide sequence characteristic of an entity, the entity being a virus, a chromosome or a messenger ribonucleic acid.
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid; and said target nucleotide sequence is a nucleotide sequence characteristic of an entity, the entity being a virus, a chromosome or a messenger ribonucleic acid.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein:
said virus is human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus, or herpes virus.
said virus is human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus, or herpes virus.
32. The method of claim 31, said method further comprising:
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining said quantity of signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected;
(c) comparing said quantity of said signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of signal emitted from individual cells known to be not virally infected;
wherein:
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the absence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the presence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells.
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining said quantity of signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected;
(c) comparing said quantity of said signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of signal emitted from individual cells known to be not virally infected;
wherein:
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the absence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the presence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells.
33. The method of claim 30, wherein:
said chromosome is human chromosome Y, human chromosome X, human chromosome 1, human chromosome 13, human chromosome 16, human chromosome 18, or human chromosome 21.
said chromosome is human chromosome Y, human chromosome X, human chromosome 1, human chromosome 13, human chromosome 16, human chromosome 18, or human chromosome 21.
34. The method of claim 33, said method further comprising:
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining said quantity of signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to have a normal karyotype; and (c) comparing said quantity of said signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of signal emitted from individual cells known to have a normal karyotype;
wherein:
determination of a subnormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic deletion in said individual fetal cells;
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a normal genetic status in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic duplication or amplification in said individual fetal cells.
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining said quantity of signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to have a normal karyotype; and (c) comparing said quantity of said signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of signal emitted from individual cells known to have a normal karyotype;
wherein:
determination of a subnormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic deletion in said individual fetal cells;
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a normal genetic status in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic duplication or amplification in said individual fetal cells.
35. The method of claim 30, wherein:
said messenger ribonucleic acid is human immunodeficiency virus messenger ribonucleic acid, hepatitis virus messenger ribonucleic acid or herpes virus messenger ribonucleic acid.
said messenger ribonucleic acid is human immunodeficiency virus messenger ribonucleic acid, hepatitis virus messenger ribonucleic acid or herpes virus messenger ribonucleic acid.
36. The method of claim 35, said method further comprising:
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected; and (c) comparing said quantity of said second signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second signal emitted in individual cells known to be not virally infected;
wherein an excess of said second signal within an individual fetal cell is indicative of the presence of said target messenger ribonucleic acid in said individual fetal cell.
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected; and (c) comparing said quantity of said second signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second signal emitted in individual cells known to be not virally infected;
wherein an excess of said second signal within an individual fetal cell is indicative of the presence of said target messenger ribonucleic acid in said individual fetal cell.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein said steps of determining a quantity comprise:
(a) passing said hybridized cells through a flow cytometer;
(b) detecting signals emitted by said first label and said second label from individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer;
(c) identifying as individual fetal cells, cells from which a signal from said first label is emitted; and (d) quantitating said signal that is emitted by said second label from said individual fetal cells;
whereby said target nucleic acid is quantitated in said individual fetal cells by said detection and said quantitation of said signals from said second label.
(a) passing said hybridized cells through a flow cytometer;
(b) detecting signals emitted by said first label and said second label from individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer;
(c) identifying as individual fetal cells, cells from which a signal from said first label is emitted; and (d) quantitating said signal that is emitted by said second label from said individual fetal cells;
whereby said target nucleic acid is quantitated in said individual fetal cells by said detection and said quantitation of said signals from said second label.
38. The method of claim 29, wherein:
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37 C to 85 C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37 C to 85 C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
39. The method of claim 29, wherein said detecting step (v) is achieved with a fluorescence microscope or a flow cytometer.
40. The method of claim 29, wherein detecting said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells comprises:
(a) passing said hybridized cells through a flow cytometer;
(b) detecting the signal emitted by said first label and characterizing cells emitting said signal as fetal cells; and (c) detecting with said flow cytometer the signal emitted by said second label that is present in said cells which are characterized as fetal cells.
(a) passing said hybridized cells through a flow cytometer;
(b) detecting the signal emitted by said first label and characterizing cells emitting said signal as fetal cells; and (c) detecting with said flow cytometer the signal emitted by said second label that is present in said cells which are characterized as fetal cells.
41. The method of claim 29, wherein said label is a radioactive label, a fluorescer, a chemiluminescer, an enzyme label, biotin, or a detectable antigenic group.
42. The method of claim 41, wherein said label is a fluorescer, the fluorescer being: fluorescein, coumarin, rhodamine, rhodamine derivatives, cyanine dyes or phycoerythrin.
43. A method for distinguishing individual fetal cells from adult cells in a blood specimen, said method comprising:
(i) treating a blood specimen from a pregnant female to yield a suspension of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) performing in situ hybridization on said suspension of cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a fluorescent-labeled oligonucleotide probe complementary to a messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in the fetal cells to be detected but not in adult blood cells;
(iii) separating cells from said hybridization medium and unhybridized oligonucleotide probe; and (iv) detecting said fluorescent-labeled oligonucleotide probe remaining in said cells;
whereby the cells in which said fluorescent-labeled oligonucleotide probe is detected are identified as fetal cells and the cells in which said fluorescent-labeled oligonucleotide probe is not detected are identified as adult cells.
(i) treating a blood specimen from a pregnant female to yield a suspension of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) performing in situ hybridization on said suspension of cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a fluorescent-labeled oligonucleotide probe complementary to a messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in the fetal cells to be detected but not in adult blood cells;
(iii) separating cells from said hybridization medium and unhybridized oligonucleotide probe; and (iv) detecting said fluorescent-labeled oligonucleotide probe remaining in said cells;
whereby the cells in which said fluorescent-labeled oligonucleotide probe is detected are identified as fetal cells and the cells in which said fluorescent-labeled oligonucleotide probe is not detected are identified as adult cells.
44. The method of claim 43, wherein:
said messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in the fetal cells is:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid.
said messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in the fetal cells is:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid.
45. The method of claim 43, wherein:
step (iv) of detecting is performed using a fluorescence microscope or a flow cytometer.
step (iv) of detecting is performed using a fluorescence microscope or a flow cytometer.
46. The method of claim 43, wherein:
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
47. The method of claim 43, wherein step (i) of treating a blood specimen comprises:
(a) placing at least one layer of a density gradient material into a centrifuge tube;
(b) overlayering a layer of said blood specimen into said centrifuge tube;
(c) subjecting said centrifuge tube to a force field in a manner whereby erythrocytes pass below a layer of density gradient material and nucleated cells are preferentially retained at an interface of the density gradient material;
and (d) recovering a suspension of cells from said interface.
(a) placing at least one layer of a density gradient material into a centrifuge tube;
(b) overlayering a layer of said blood specimen into said centrifuge tube;
(c) subjecting said centrifuge tube to a force field in a manner whereby erythrocytes pass below a layer of density gradient material and nucleated cells are preferentially retained at an interface of the density gradient material;
and (d) recovering a suspension of cells from said interface.
48. The method of claim 43, wherein step (iv) of detecting the fluorescent-labeled oligonucleotide comprises:
passing said fetal and maternal cells through a flow cytometer; and detecting the fluorescent signal emitted by individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer.
passing said fetal and maternal cells through a flow cytometer; and detecting the fluorescent signal emitted by individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer.
49. The method of claim 43, wherein step (i) of treating a blood specimen comprises:
(a) collecting a sample of peripheral blood from a pregnant woman;
(b) treating said sample of peripheral blood to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated sample of peripheral blood comprising adult cells and fetal cells;
(c) contacting said uncoagulated sample with antibodies to an antigen that is present on said adult cells but not on said fetal cells, thereby forming antibody-bound adult cells;
(d) removing said antibody-bound adult cells from said sample; and (e) recovering the cells remaining in said sample.
(a) collecting a sample of peripheral blood from a pregnant woman;
(b) treating said sample of peripheral blood to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated sample of peripheral blood comprising adult cells and fetal cells;
(c) contacting said uncoagulated sample with antibodies to an antigen that is present on said adult cells but not on said fetal cells, thereby forming antibody-bound adult cells;
(d) removing said antibody-bound adult cells from said sample; and (e) recovering the cells remaining in said sample.
50. A method for determining the presence of a target nucleotide sequence in individual fetal cells present in a cellular specimen, said method comprising:
(i) treating a cellular specimen to yield a suspension of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) performing in situ hybridization on said suspension of cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising:
a first oligonucleotide probe complementary to a target messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in the fetal cells to be detected, said first oligonucleotide probe bearing a detectable first fluorescent label; and a second oligonucleotide probe complementary to a target nucleotide sequence, said second oligonucleotide probe bearing a detectable second fluorescent label distinguishable from said first fluorescent label;
(iii) separating cells from said hybridization medium and unhybridized oligonucleotide probe; and (iv) detecting a first fluorescent signal of said first fluorescent label and a second fluorescent signal of said second fluorescent label remaining in said cells;
whereby the cells in which said first and said second fluorescent signal are detected are characterized as being fetal cells in which the target nucleotide sequence is present.
(i) treating a cellular specimen to yield a suspension of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) performing in situ hybridization on said suspension of cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising:
a first oligonucleotide probe complementary to a target messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in the fetal cells to be detected, said first oligonucleotide probe bearing a detectable first fluorescent label; and a second oligonucleotide probe complementary to a target nucleotide sequence, said second oligonucleotide probe bearing a detectable second fluorescent label distinguishable from said first fluorescent label;
(iii) separating cells from said hybridization medium and unhybridized oligonucleotide probe; and (iv) detecting a first fluorescent signal of said first fluorescent label and a second fluorescent signal of said second fluorescent label remaining in said cells;
whereby the cells in which said first and said second fluorescent signal are detected are characterized as being fetal cells in which the target nucleotide sequence is present.
51. The method of claim 50, wherein:
said messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in the fetal cells is:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid; and said target nucleotide sequence is a nucleotide sequence, the nucleotide sequence being:
human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus, herpes virus, human chromosome X, human chromosome Y, human chromosome 1, human chromosome 13, human chromosome 16, human chromosome 18, or human chromosome 21.
said messenger ribonucleic acid that is selectively expressed in the fetal cells is:
embryonic hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, fetal hemoglobin messenger ribonucleic acid, cytokeratin messenger ribonucleic acid, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, chorionic somatomammotropin messenger ribonucleic acid, pregnancy-specific glycoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, .alpha.-fetoprotein messenger ribonucleic acid, or transferrin receptor messenger ribonucleic acid; and said target nucleotide sequence is a nucleotide sequence, the nucleotide sequence being:
human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus, herpes virus, human chromosome X, human chromosome Y, human chromosome 1, human chromosome 13, human chromosome 16, human chromosome 18, or human chromosome 21.
52. The method of claim 50, wherein:
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
53. The method of claim 50, wherein said detecting step, step (iv), is performed with a fluorescence microscope or a flow cytometer.
54. The method of claim 50, wherein said target nucleotide sequence is a target messenger ribonucleic acid sequence.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein:
said target messenger ribonucleic acid sequence is human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus or herpes virus.
said target messenger ribonucleic acid sequence is human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus or herpes virus.
56. The method of claim 54, further comprising:
quantitating said second fluorescent signal emitted within said individual fetal cells;
determining said quantity of said second fluorescent signal emitted by individual cells known to be not virally infected;
comparing said quantity of said second fluorescent signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second fluorescent signal emitted in individual cells known to be not virally infected; and wherein an excess of said second fluorescent signal within an individual fetal cell is indicative of a virally infected cell.
quantitating said second fluorescent signal emitted within said individual fetal cells;
determining said quantity of said second fluorescent signal emitted by individual cells known to be not virally infected;
comparing said quantity of said second fluorescent signal in individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second fluorescent signal emitted in individual cells known to be not virally infected; and wherein an excess of said second fluorescent signal within an individual fetal cell is indicative of a virally infected cell.
57. The method of claim 54, wherein said detecting step comprises:
passing said fetal and maternal cells through a flow cytometer; and (a) detecting the fluorescent signals emitted by said first and second fluorescent labels from individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer;
(b) identifying as individual fetal cells, cells from which a fluorescent signal from said first fluorescent label is emitted;
(c) quantitating said fluorescent signal that is emitted by said second fluorescent label from said individual fetal cells;
whereby said target nucleic acid is quantitated in said individual fetal cells by said detection and said quantitation of said fluorescent signals from said second fluorescent label.
passing said fetal and maternal cells through a flow cytometer; and (a) detecting the fluorescent signals emitted by said first and second fluorescent labels from individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer;
(b) identifying as individual fetal cells, cells from which a fluorescent signal from said first fluorescent label is emitted;
(c) quantitating said fluorescent signal that is emitted by said second fluorescent label from said individual fetal cells;
whereby said target nucleic acid is quantitated in said individual fetal cells by said detection and said quantitation of said fluorescent signals from said second fluorescent label.
58. A method for distinguishing individual fetal cells from adult cells in a blood specimen, said method comprising:
(i) processing a blood specimen from a pregnant female to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) treating said mixture of cells with a fixing agent to form a mixture of permeabilized fixed cells;
(iii) reacting said mixture of fixed cells with a detectably-labeled antibody specific for an antigen selectively produced by target fetal cells, said antigen being:
embryonic hemoglobin, fetal hemoglobin, cytokeratin, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin, chorionic somatomammotropin or pregnancy-specific glycoprotein;
(iv) separating said cells from unreacted antibodies; and (v) detecting said detectably-labeled antibody remaining within said cells;
whereby detection of said detectably-labeled antibody permits identification of such cells as fetal cells.
(i) processing a blood specimen from a pregnant female to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) treating said mixture of cells with a fixing agent to form a mixture of permeabilized fixed cells;
(iii) reacting said mixture of fixed cells with a detectably-labeled antibody specific for an antigen selectively produced by target fetal cells, said antigen being:
embryonic hemoglobin, fetal hemoglobin, cytokeratin, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin, chorionic somatomammotropin or pregnancy-specific glycoprotein;
(iv) separating said cells from unreacted antibodies; and (v) detecting said detectably-labeled antibody remaining within said cells;
whereby detection of said detectably-labeled antibody permits identification of such cells as fetal cells.
59. The method of claim 58, wherein:
said detectably-labeled antibody is labeled with a fluorescer, the fluorescer being: fluorescein, coumarin, rhodamine, rhodamine derivatives, cyanine dyes or phycoerythrin; and said step (v) of detecting said detectably-labeled antibody is achieved by use of a fluorescence microscope or a flow cytometer.
said detectably-labeled antibody is labeled with a fluorescer, the fluorescer being: fluorescein, coumarin, rhodamine, rhodamine derivatives, cyanine dyes or phycoerythrin; and said step (v) of detecting said detectably-labeled antibody is achieved by use of a fluorescence microscope or a flow cytometer.
60. The method of claim 59, additionally comprising:
depositing said mixture of cells on a solid support before performing said steps (ii) through (iv), and said step (v) of detecting said detectably-labeled antibody is performed by use of a fluorescence microscope.
depositing said mixture of cells on a solid support before performing said steps (ii) through (iv), and said step (v) of detecting said detectably-labeled antibody is performed by use of a fluorescence microscope.
61. The method of claim 59, wherein step (v) of detecting said detectably-labeled antibody comprises:
passing said mixture of cells through a flow cytometer; and detecting a fluorescent signal emitted by individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer.
passing said mixture of cells through a flow cytometer; and detecting a fluorescent signal emitted by individual cells passing through the excitatory beam of said flow cytometer.
62. The method of claim 58, wherein step (i) of processing a blood specimen comprises the steps:
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) placing into a centrifuge tube at least one layer of density gradient material;
(c) overlayering said layer of density gradient material with a layer of said uncoagulated blood specimen;
(d) subjecting said centrifuge tube to a force field in a manner whereby erythrocytes pass below a layer of density gradient material and nucleated cells are preferentially retained at an interface of density gradient material; and (e) recovering said nucleated cells from said interface; whereby said nucleated cells are used as said cells of step (iii) of claim 58.
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) placing into a centrifuge tube at least one layer of density gradient material;
(c) overlayering said layer of density gradient material with a layer of said uncoagulated blood specimen;
(d) subjecting said centrifuge tube to a force field in a manner whereby erythrocytes pass below a layer of density gradient material and nucleated cells are preferentially retained at an interface of density gradient material; and (e) recovering said nucleated cells from said interface; whereby said nucleated cells are used as said cells of step (iii) of claim 58.
63. The method of claim 58, wherein said blood specimen is collected from a pregnant woman and step (i) of processing a blood specimen comprises the steps:
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) contacting said uncoagulated blood specimen with antibodies to an antigen that is present on adult cells but not on said target fetal cells, thereby forming antibody-bound cells;
(c) removing said antibody-bound cells from said uncoagulated blood specimen; and (d) recovering cells remaining in said uncoagulated blood specimen.
whereby said nucleated cells are used as said cells of step (iii) of claim 58.
(a) treating said blood specimen to prevent coagulation, thereby obtaining an uncoagulated blood specimen;
(b) contacting said uncoagulated blood specimen with antibodies to an antigen that is present on adult cells but not on said target fetal cells, thereby forming antibody-bound cells;
(c) removing said antibody-bound cells from said uncoagulated blood specimen; and (d) recovering cells remaining in said uncoagulated blood specimen.
whereby said nucleated cells are used as said cells of step (iii) of claim 58.
64. A method for determining the presence of a target nucleotide sequence in individual fetal cells present in a cellular specimen, said method comprising:
(i) processing a cellular specimen to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) treating said mixture of cells with a fixing agent to form a mixture of permeabilized fixed cells;
(iii) reacting said mixture of fixed cells with a detectably-labeled antibody specific for an antigen selectively produced by fetal cells, said detectably-labeled antibody bearing a first detectable label, and said antigen being:
embryonic hemoglobin, fetal hemoglobin, cytokeratin, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin, chorionic somatomammotropin or pregnancy-specific glycoprotein;
(iv) separating said fixed cells from unreacted antibodies;
(v) performing in situ hybridization on said fixed cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a detectably-labeled probe complementary to a target nucleotide sequence, said detectably-labeled probe bearing a second detectable label distinguishable from said first detectable label;
(vi) removing said hybridization medium together with unhybridized probe from said fixed cells; and (vii) detecting a first signal of said first label and a second signal of said second label remaining in said fixed cells;
whereby cells in which said first and said second signal are detected are characterized as being fetal cells in which said target nucleotide sequence is present.
(i) processing a cellular specimen to yield a mixture of cells, said mixture of cells comprising fetal cells and adult cells;
(ii) treating said mixture of cells with a fixing agent to form a mixture of permeabilized fixed cells;
(iii) reacting said mixture of fixed cells with a detectably-labeled antibody specific for an antigen selectively produced by fetal cells, said detectably-labeled antibody bearing a first detectable label, and said antigen being:
embryonic hemoglobin, fetal hemoglobin, cytokeratin, .beta.-subunit of chorionic gonadotropin, chorionic somatomammotropin or pregnancy-specific glycoprotein;
(iv) separating said fixed cells from unreacted antibodies;
(v) performing in situ hybridization on said fixed cells under hybridizing conditions suitable to maintain cell membranes in a substantially intact state and with a hybridization medium comprising a detectably-labeled probe complementary to a target nucleotide sequence, said detectably-labeled probe bearing a second detectable label distinguishable from said first detectable label;
(vi) removing said hybridization medium together with unhybridized probe from said fixed cells; and (vii) detecting a first signal of said first label and a second signal of said second label remaining in said fixed cells;
whereby cells in which said first and said second signal are detected are characterized as being fetal cells in which said target nucleotide sequence is present.
65. The method of claim 64, wherein:
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
said hybridization medium comprises a denaturing agent, a hybrid stabilizing agent, a buffering agent, and a membrane pore-forming agent; and said hybridizing conditions comprise incubation at a temperature in the range 37°C to 85°C for a time from 5 minutes to 2 hours.
66. The method of claim 64, wherein said step (vii) is performed with a fluorescence microscope or a flow cytometer.
67. The method of claim 64, wherein said target nucleotide sequence is a nucleotide sequence characteristic of a chromosome, the chromosome being:
human chromosome X, human chromosome Y, human chromosome 1, human chromosome 13, human chromosome 16, human chromosome 18, or human chromosome 21;
said method further comprising:
(a) determining the quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a normal quantity of second signal, said normal quantity of second signal being emitted by said second detectable label within individual cells known to have a normal karyotype;
(c) comparing said quantity of said second signal in individual fetal cells with said normal quantity of second signal emitted from cells known to a normal karyotype;
wherein determination of a subnormal quantity of said signal emitted from said probe label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic deletion in said individual fetal cells;
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said probe label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a normal genetic status in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said probe label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic duplication or amplification in said individual fetal cells.
human chromosome X, human chromosome Y, human chromosome 1, human chromosome 13, human chromosome 16, human chromosome 18, or human chromosome 21;
said method further comprising:
(a) determining the quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a normal quantity of second signal, said normal quantity of second signal being emitted by said second detectable label within individual cells known to have a normal karyotype;
(c) comparing said quantity of said second signal in individual fetal cells with said normal quantity of second signal emitted from cells known to a normal karyotype;
wherein determination of a subnormal quantity of said signal emitted from said probe label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic deletion in said individual fetal cells;
determination of a normal quantity of said signal emitted from said probe label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a normal genetic status in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of said signal emitted from said probe label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of a genetic duplication or amplification in said individual fetal cells.
68. The method of claim 64, wherein:
said target nucleotide sequence is a nucleotide sequence characteristic of a virus, the virus being human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus or herpes virus; and said method further comprises:
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected;
(c) comparing said quantity of second signal emitted by individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second signal emitted by individual cells known not to be virally infected;
wherein determination of a normal quantity of signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the absence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the presence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells.
said target nucleotide sequence is a nucleotide sequence characteristic of a virus, the virus being human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis virus or herpes virus; and said method further comprises:
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected;
(c) comparing said quantity of second signal emitted by individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second signal emitted by individual cells known not to be virally infected;
wherein determination of a normal quantity of signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the absence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells; and determination of a supranormal quantity of signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the presence of said target virus nucleic acid in said individual fetal cells.
69. The method of claim 64, wherein:
said target nucleotide sequence is a messenger ribonucleic acid, the messenger ribonucleic acid being: human immunodeficiency virus messenger ribonucleic acid, hepatitis virus messenger ribonucleic acid, or herpes virus messenger ribonucleic acid; and said method further comprises:
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected;
(c) comparing said quantity of second signal emitted by individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second signal emitted by individual cells known not to be virally infected;
wherein determination of a supranormal quantity of signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the presence of said target virus messenger ribonucleic acid in said individual fetal cells.
said target nucleotide sequence is a messenger ribonucleic acid, the messenger ribonucleic acid being: human immunodeficiency virus messenger ribonucleic acid, hepatitis virus messenger ribonucleic acid, or herpes virus messenger ribonucleic acid; and said method further comprises:
(a) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells;
(b) determining a quantity of said second signal emitted by said second label within individual cells known to be not virally infected;
(c) comparing said quantity of second signal emitted by individual fetal cells with said quantity of said second signal emitted by individual cells known not to be virally infected;
wherein determination of a supranormal quantity of signal emitted by said second label within said individual fetal cells is indicative of the presence of said target virus messenger ribonucleic acid in said individual fetal cells.
70. The method of claim 64, additionally comprising:
(a) passing said suspension of cells through a flow cytometer;
(b) detecting with said flow cytometer said signal emitted by said first label;
(c) detecting with said flow cytometer said signal emitted by said second label;
(d) characterizing cells wherein said first signal is emitted as fetal cells;
and characterizing cells wherein said first and said second signal are emitted, as virally infected fetal cells.
(a) passing said suspension of cells through a flow cytometer;
(b) detecting with said flow cytometer said signal emitted by said first label;
(c) detecting with said flow cytometer said signal emitted by said second label;
(d) characterizing cells wherein said first signal is emitted as fetal cells;
and characterizing cells wherein said first and said second signal are emitted, as virally infected fetal cells.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US91596592A | 1992-07-17 | 1992-07-17 | |
| US915,965 | 1992-07-17 | ||
| PCT/US1993/006828 WO1994002646A1 (en) | 1992-07-17 | 1993-07-19 | Enriching and identyfying fetal cells in maternal blood for in situ hybridization |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2140278A1 CA2140278A1 (en) | 1994-02-03 |
| CA2140278C true CA2140278C (en) | 2009-03-17 |
Family
ID=25436486
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002140278A Expired - Lifetime CA2140278C (en) | 1992-07-17 | 1993-07-19 | Enriching and identyfing fetal cells in maternal blood for in situ hybridization |
Country Status (6)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP0662152A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JPH07509136A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU4685593A (en) |
| BR (1) | BR9306867A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2140278C (en) |
| WO (1) | WO1994002646A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (47)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5457024A (en) * | 1993-01-22 | 1995-10-10 | Aprogenex, Inc. | Isolation of fetal erythrocytes |
| US6136540A (en) | 1994-10-03 | 2000-10-24 | Ikonisys Inc. | Automated fluorescence in situ hybridization detection of genetic abnormalities |
| US5501954A (en) * | 1994-06-13 | 1996-03-26 | Genzyme Corporation | Method of detecting cellular material |
| GB9422504D0 (en) | 1994-11-08 | 1995-01-04 | Robertson Patricia M B | Blood testing |
| US5750339A (en) * | 1994-11-30 | 1998-05-12 | Thomas Jefferson University | Methods for identifying fetal cells |
| US5998596A (en) * | 1995-04-04 | 1999-12-07 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Inhibition of protein kinase activity by aptameric action of oligonucleotides |
| WO1997038313A1 (en) * | 1996-04-05 | 1997-10-16 | The Johns Hopkins University | A method of enriching rare cells |
| FR2751989B1 (en) * | 1996-08-01 | 1998-10-30 | Soc D Rech Et De Dev En Activa | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING EUKARYOTIC CELLS BY FIXING SAID CELLS ON A CARRIER AND CARRIER FOR CARRYING OUT SAID METHOD |
| US5731156A (en) * | 1996-10-21 | 1998-03-24 | Applied Imaging, Inc. | Use of anti-embryonic hemoglobin antibodies to identify fetal cells |
| JP2001513776A (en) * | 1997-02-28 | 2001-09-04 | ユニバーシティ オブ アイオワ リサーチ ファウンデーション | Use of nucleic acids containing unmethylated CpG dinucleotides in the treatment of LPS-related disorders |
| US7075640B2 (en) | 1997-10-01 | 2006-07-11 | Arcturus Bioscience, Inc. | Consumable for laser capture microdissection |
| GB9807045D0 (en) * | 1998-04-01 | 1998-06-03 | Rudi Knut | Nucleic acid detection method |
| EP1078257A4 (en) | 1998-05-09 | 2007-07-18 | Iconisys Inc | Method and apparatus for computer controlled rare cell, including fetal cell, based diagnosis |
| US7901887B2 (en) | 1998-05-09 | 2011-03-08 | Ikonisys, Inc. | Automated cancer diagnostic methods using fish |
| HK1042338B (en) * | 1998-10-29 | 2005-03-04 | Cell Works Diagnostics Inc. | Multiple marker characterization of single cells |
| US6221596B1 (en) * | 1999-05-17 | 2001-04-24 | Motobit Ltd. | System and method for identifying and isolating rare cells from a mixed population of cells |
| US6690470B1 (en) | 1999-11-04 | 2004-02-10 | Arcturus Engineering, Inc. | Automated laser capture microdissection |
| US20060073509A1 (en) * | 1999-11-18 | 2006-04-06 | Michael Kilpatrick | Method for detecting and quantitating multiple subcellular components |
| US7346200B1 (en) | 1999-11-18 | 2008-03-18 | Ikonisys, Inc. | Method and apparatus for computer controlled cell based diagnosis |
| US6692965B1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2004-02-17 | Chromocell Corporation | Isolation of living cells and preparation of cell lines based on detection and quantification of preselected cellular ribonucleic acid sequences |
| GB0009784D0 (en) * | 2000-04-20 | 2000-06-07 | Simeg Limited | Methods for clinical diagnosis |
| US7083924B2 (en) | 2000-07-10 | 2006-08-01 | Btg International Limited | Diagnostic method for the identification of foetal DNA in a material sample |
| GB0016742D0 (en) * | 2000-07-10 | 2000-08-30 | Simeg Limited | Diagnostic method |
| AU2002306790B2 (en) | 2001-03-19 | 2007-05-24 | Ikonisys, Inc. | Epifluorescence microscope with improved image contrast |
| US10156501B2 (en) | 2001-11-05 | 2018-12-18 | Life Technologies Corporation | Automated microdissection instrument for determining a location of a laser beam projection on a worksurface area |
| DK1816461T3 (en) | 2002-10-16 | 2020-04-14 | Streck Laboratories Inc | Method and apparatus for collecting and securing cells for analysis |
| ATE540128T1 (en) | 2004-02-18 | 2012-01-15 | Chromocell Corp | METHODS AND MATERIALS USING SIGNAL PROBE |
| WO2006119569A1 (en) * | 2005-05-11 | 2006-11-16 | Genetic Technologies Limtied | Methods of enriching fetal cells |
| CN101553727A (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2009-10-07 | 伊康尼西斯公司 | Image processing method for a microscope system |
| JP2009072198A (en) * | 2008-10-24 | 2009-04-09 | Chromocell Corp | SELECTION AND ISOLATION OF VIABLE CELL BY USING mRNA-BONDED PROBE |
| US11634747B2 (en) | 2009-01-21 | 2023-04-25 | Streck Llc | Preservation of fetal nucleic acids in maternal plasma |
| US20100304978A1 (en) * | 2009-01-26 | 2010-12-02 | David Xingfei Deng | Methods and compositions for identifying a fetal cell |
| DE202010018569U1 (en) | 2009-02-18 | 2017-09-26 | Streck Inc. | Preservation of cell-free nucleic acids |
| PT2638176T (en) | 2010-11-09 | 2017-10-17 | Arcedi Biotech Aps | Enrichment and identification of fetal cells in maternal blood and ligands for such use |
| US9956281B2 (en) | 2011-05-04 | 2018-05-01 | Streck, Inc. | Inactivated virus compositions and methods of preparing such compositions |
| WO2014201138A1 (en) * | 2013-06-11 | 2014-12-18 | Stelling James R | Method for detection of fetal abnormalities |
| EP3024323B1 (en) | 2013-07-24 | 2022-10-19 | Streck, Inc. | Compositions and methods for stabilizing circulating tumor cells |
| US20150160246A1 (en) | 2013-12-11 | 2015-06-11 | Analiza, Inc. | Devices and methods for determining and/or isolating cells such as circulating cancer or fetal cells |
| US9709556B2 (en) | 2013-12-11 | 2017-07-18 | Analiza, Inc. | Devices and methods for determining and/or isolating circulating cancer cells |
| US11168351B2 (en) | 2015-03-05 | 2021-11-09 | Streck, Inc. | Stabilization of nucleic acids in urine |
| EP3289098B1 (en) * | 2015-04-30 | 2024-03-20 | Sakura Finetek U.S.A., Inc. | Methods to reduce evaporation during elevated temperature |
| US20170145475A1 (en) | 2015-11-20 | 2017-05-25 | Streck, Inc. | Single spin process for blood plasma separation and plasma composition including preservative |
| CN107614702A (en) * | 2016-04-15 | 2018-01-19 | 包埋剂技术美国股份有限公司 | The method for reducing evaporation at elevated temperatures |
| WO2018022991A1 (en) | 2016-07-29 | 2018-02-01 | Streck, Inc. | Suspension composition for hematology analysis control |
| WO2019079743A1 (en) | 2017-10-19 | 2019-04-25 | Streck, Inc. | Compositions for hemolysis and coagulation regulation and stabilization of extracellular vesicles |
| CN112980779B (en) * | 2021-05-20 | 2021-08-24 | 广州凯普医药科技有限公司 | Method for separating placenta trophoblast cells from cervical exfoliated cells of pregnant women |
| US20250201335A1 (en) | 2022-03-18 | 2025-06-19 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Ltd | Methods and systems for analyzing chromatins |
Family Cites Families (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4727021A (en) * | 1984-06-01 | 1988-02-23 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Human monoclonal antibodies to cytokeratin |
| FI910957A7 (en) * | 1988-08-31 | 1991-02-27 | Aprogenex Inc | One-step in situ hybridization assay |
| AU646635B2 (en) * | 1989-03-07 | 1994-03-03 | Syngene, Inc. | In-situ hybridization in suspension for detection or separation of cells |
| US5153117A (en) * | 1990-03-27 | 1992-10-06 | Genetype A.G. | Fetal cell recovery method |
-
1993
- 1993-07-19 WO PCT/US1993/006828 patent/WO1994002646A1/en not_active Ceased
- 1993-07-19 AU AU46855/93A patent/AU4685593A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1993-07-19 EP EP93917297A patent/EP0662152A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1993-07-19 BR BR9306867A patent/BR9306867A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1993-07-19 CA CA002140278A patent/CA2140278C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-07-19 JP JP6504652A patent/JPH07509136A/en active Pending
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| BR9306867A (en) | 1998-12-08 |
| CA2140278A1 (en) | 1994-02-03 |
| JPH07509136A (en) | 1995-10-12 |
| EP0662152A1 (en) | 1995-07-12 |
| WO1994002646A1 (en) | 1994-02-03 |
| AU4685593A (en) | 1994-02-14 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CA2140278C (en) | Enriching and identyfing fetal cells in maternal blood for in situ hybridization | |
| US5861253A (en) | Intracellular antigens for identifying fetal cells in maternal blood | |
| WO1995003431A1 (en) | Enriching and identifying fetal cells in maternal blood for in situ hybridization | |
| KR100523381B1 (en) | Use of anti-embryonic hemoglobin antibodies to identify fetal cells | |
| US5153117A (en) | Fetal cell recovery method | |
| US7651838B2 (en) | Prenatal diagnosis method on isolated foetal cell of maternal blood | |
| JP4517152B2 (en) | Methods and compositions for chromosome-specific staining | |
| US20040091880A1 (en) | Method for direct genetic analysis of target cells by using fluorescence probes | |
| US20030232377A1 (en) | Early noninvasive prenatal test for aneuploidies and heritable conditions | |
| US20090081689A1 (en) | Reagents and methods to enrich rare cells from body fluids | |
| AU7841694A (en) | Prenatal diagnosis by isolation of fetal granulocytes from maternal blood | |
| JP2005515408A (en) | Methods for identifying cellular target molecules | |
| WO2004087863A2 (en) | Non-invasive prenatal genetic diagnosis using transcervical cells | |
| WO1995009245A1 (en) | Methods for detecting and analyzing individual rare cells in a population | |
| Hamada et al. | Mid‐trimester fetal sex determination from maternal peripheral blood by fluorescence in situ hybridization without enrichment of fetal cells | |
| US20060105353A1 (en) | Non-invasive prenatal fetal cell diagnostic method | |
| WO2000075647A1 (en) | System and method for prenatal diagnostic screening | |
| WO1999015892A1 (en) | Enrichment and identification of trophoblast cells in maternal peripheral blood | |
| Bischoff et al. | Prenatal Diagnosis of Chromosomal Abnormalities Using Maternal Blood | |
| Sekizawa et al. | Noninvasive Prenatal Diagnosis Using a Single Fetal Nucleated Erythrocyte Isolated by Micromanipulation from Maternal Blood | |
| MXPA99003697A (en) | Use of anti-embryonic hemoglobin antibodies to identify fetal cells | |
| HK1031255B (en) | Use of anti-embryonic hemoglobin antibodies to identify fetal cells | |
| AU7735201A (en) | Fetal cell recovery method |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EEER | Examination request |